summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorRoberto C. Sanchez <roberto@connexer.com>2014-10-21 22:48:27 -0400
committerRoberto C. Sanchez <roberto@connexer.com>2014-10-21 22:48:27 -0400
commitdd2f7ce46df53f2c377c02d1bf4df8adcf092072 (patch)
tree51d4bd5d66a45a24784695c4e99b452b417dc3d1
parentb954e6dbcceaba3b50aca624e1bddc6db4830829 (diff)
Imported Upstream version 2.3
-rw-r--r--CMakeLists.txt25
-rw-r--r--ChangeLog51
-rw-r--r--cmake/bibletime_source_list.cmake20
-rw-r--r--cmake/docs/howto_po4a.conf2
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook16
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook4
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html4
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html2
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook16
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook4
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html4
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/de/html/index.html2
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook17
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook4
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html5
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/en/html/index.html2
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/en/html/ss_configfonts.pngbin25785 -> 22247 bytes
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.pngbin49417 -> 69550 bytes
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook16
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook4
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html4
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html2
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook16
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook4
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html4
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html2
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook16
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook4
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html4
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html2
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook16
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook4
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html4
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html2
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook16
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook4
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html4
-rw-r--r--docs/handbook/pt-br/html/index.html2
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-basics.docbook209
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-importance.docbook312
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook260
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/da/docbook/index.docbook77
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-approaches.html20
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-expository.html11
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html5
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-types.html2
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html15
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics.html17
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-breathed.html33
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html17
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-liberates.html14
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-once.html20
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-supplement.html11
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-wars.html2
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-works.html33
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance.html28
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-context.html21
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html21
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-normal.html22
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-parables.html15
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules.html68
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/da/html/index.html20
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-basics.docbook215
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-importance.docbook310
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook279
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/es/docbook/index.docbook78
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-approaches.html25
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-expository.html10
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html6
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-types.html3
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html15
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics.html17
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-breathed.html33
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html16
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-liberates.html14
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-once.html20
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-supplement.html11
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-wars.html2
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-works.html31
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance.html28
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-context.html23
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html24
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-normal.html27
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-parables.html18
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules.html78
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/es/html/index.html21
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook12
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook6
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html8
-rw-r--r--docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html6
-rw-r--r--i18n/handbook/handbook-cs.po33
-rw-r--r--i18n/handbook/handbook-de.po631
-rw-r--r--i18n/handbook/handbook-fi.po33
-rw-r--r--i18n/handbook/handbook-fr.po33
-rw-r--r--i18n/handbook/handbook-hu.po33
-rw-r--r--i18n/handbook/handbook-nl.po33
-rw-r--r--i18n/handbook/handbook-pt-br.po33
-rw-r--r--i18n/handbook/handbook.pot32
-rw-r--r--i18n/howto/howto-da.po1722
-rw-r--r--i18n/howto/howto-es.po2045
-rw-r--r--i18n/howto/howto-pt-br.po14
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui.ts412
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_af.qmbin32733 -> 33469 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_af.ts455
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_bg.qmbin34101 -> 34803 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_bg.ts454
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_cs.qmbin78117 -> 78978 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_cs.ts213
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_da.qmbin37474 -> 82123 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_da.ts1232
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_de.qmbin106111 -> 110736 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_de.ts434
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_en_GB.qmbin57364 -> 59303 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_en_GB.ts436
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_es.qmbin55209 -> 55890 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_es.ts460
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_et.qmbin100557 -> 105790 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_et.ts551
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fi.qmbin92458 -> 93448 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fi.ts472
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fr.qmbin73639 -> 89414 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_fr.ts695
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_hu.qmbin103397 -> 109578 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_hu.ts524
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_it.qmbin35953 -> 36743 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_it.ts454
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ko.qmbin23539 -> 24123 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ko.ts454
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nl.qmbin39018 -> 39798 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nl.ts454
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nn_NO.qmbin42370 -> 43080 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_nn_NO.ts454
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_no.qmbin32927 -> 33677 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_no.ts460
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pl.qmbin37102 -> 55170 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pl.ts1083
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pt_br.qmbin37257 -> 80803 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_pt_br.ts1542
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ro.qmbin50407 -> 51696 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ro.ts458
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ru.qmbin39248 -> 39996 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ru.ts454
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sk.qmbin96332 -> 97282 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sk.ts567
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sv.qmbin35509 -> 36223 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_sv.ts454
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ua.qmbin35217 -> 35925 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_ua.ts454
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_vi.qmbin17071 -> 16852 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_vi.ts454
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_CN.qmbin29696 -> 30266 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_CN.ts454
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_TW.qmbin29462 -> 30032 bytes
-rw-r--r--i18n/messages/bibletime_ui_zh_TW.ts454
-rw-r--r--src/backend/bookshelfmodel/btbookshelfmodel.cpp184
-rw-r--r--src/backend/bookshelfmodel/btbookshelfmodel.h67
-rw-r--r--src/backend/bookshelfmodel/btbookshelftreemodel.cpp474
-rw-r--r--src/backend/bookshelfmodel/btbookshelftreemodel.h114
-rw-r--r--src/backend/bookshelfmodel/btcheckstatefilterproxymodel.cpp70
-rw-r--r--src/backend/bookshelfmodel/btcheckstatefilterproxymodel.h47
-rw-r--r--src/backend/bookshelfmodel/btmodulenamefilterproxymodel.cpp43
-rw-r--r--src/backend/bookshelfmodel/btmodulenamefilterproxymodel.h34
-rw-r--r--src/backend/bookshelfmodel/categoryitem.cpp23
-rw-r--r--src/backend/bookshelfmodel/categoryitem.h54
-rw-r--r--src/backend/bookshelfmodel/distributionitem.cpp23
-rw-r--r--src/backend/bookshelfmodel/distributionitem.h43
-rw-r--r--src/backend/bookshelfmodel/item.cpp57
-rw-r--r--src/backend/bookshelfmodel/item.h170
-rw-r--r--src/backend/bookshelfmodel/languageitem.cpp23
-rw-r--r--src/backend/bookshelfmodel/languageitem.h50
-rw-r--r--src/backend/bookshelfmodel/moduleitem.cpp25
-rw-r--r--src/backend/bookshelfmodel/moduleitem.h41
-rw-r--r--src/backend/keys/cswordversekey.cpp7
-rw-r--r--src/backend/rendering/cdisplayrendering.cpp5
-rw-r--r--src/bibletime.cpp53
-rw-r--r--src/bibletime.h13
-rw-r--r--src/bibletime_init.cpp25
-rw-r--r--src/bibletime_slots.cpp1
-rw-r--r--src/frontend/bookshelfmanager/indexpage/btindexpage.cpp14
-rw-r--r--src/frontend/btbookshelfdockwidget.cpp300
-rw-r--r--src/frontend/btbookshelfdockwidget.h94
-rw-r--r--src/frontend/displaywindow/btactioncollection.cpp9
-rw-r--r--src/frontend/displaywindow/cbookreadwindow.cpp5
-rw-r--r--src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.cpp31
-rw-r--r--src/frontend/displaywindow/cdisplaywindow.h1
-rw-r--r--src/frontend/displaywindow/chtmlwritewindow.cpp4
-rw-r--r--src/frontend/displaywindow/clexiconreadwindow.cpp4
-rw-r--r--src/frontend/displaywindow/cmodulechooserbar.cpp2
-rw-r--r--src/frontend/displaywindow/cplainwritewindow.cpp2
-rw-r--r--src/frontend/keychooser/ckeychooserwidget.cpp138
-rw-r--r--src/frontend/keychooser/clexiconkeychooser.cpp1
-rw-r--r--src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/cbiblekeychooser.cpp1
-rw-r--r--src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.cpp99
-rw-r--r--src/frontend/keychooser/versekeychooser/ckeyreferencewidget.h4
-rw-r--r--src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.h1
-rw-r--r--src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/btindexitem.h1
-rw-r--r--src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.h1
-rw-r--r--src/frontend/mainindex/btbookshelfview.cpp105
-rw-r--r--src/frontend/mainindex/btbookshelfview.h42
-rw-r--r--src/frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.cpp36
-rw-r--r--src/frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.h57
-rw-r--r--src/main.cpp3
-rw-r--r--src/util/cresmgr.cpp2
203 files changed, 18865 insertions, 6265 deletions
diff --git a/CMakeLists.txt b/CMakeLists.txt
index 1c0fff2..e91ccfb 100644
--- a/CMakeLists.txt
+++ b/CMakeLists.txt
@@ -2,14 +2,14 @@ PROJECT(bibletime CXX C)
CMAKE_MINIMUM_REQUIRED(VERSION 2.6.0)
#Version
-ADD_DEFINITIONS(-DBT_VERSION="2.2")
+ADD_DEFINITIONS(-DBT_VERSION="2.3")
#Non-English locales to be processed and installed for UI, handbook and howto
LIST(APPEND MESSAGE_LOCALE_LANGS af bg cs da de en_GB es et fi fr hu it ko nl nn_NO no pl pt_br ro ru sk sv ua vi zh_CN zh_TW)
#WARNING: If you modify HANDBOOK_LOCALE_LANGS or HOWTO_LOCALE_LANGS,
#also modify the po4a conf files in cmake/docs/ to make sure all languages are processed.
LIST(APPEND HANDBOOK_LOCALE_LANGS cs de fi fr hu nl pt-br)
-LIST(APPEND HOWTO_LOCALE_LANGS bg cs de fi fr it hu ko nl pt-br ru)
+LIST(APPEND HOWTO_LOCALE_LANGS bg cs da de es fi fr it hu ko nl pt-br ru)
######################################################
# Find required packages
@@ -306,7 +306,7 @@ ADD_CUSTOM_TARGET(uninstall "${CMAKE_COMMAND}" -P "${CMAKE_CURRENT_BINARY_DIR}/c
SET(CPACK_PACKAGE_DESCRIPTION_SUMMARY "BibleTime for Windows Beta")
SET(CPACK_PACKAGE_VENDOR "http://www.bibletime.info")
SET(CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MAJOR "2")
-SET(CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR "2")
+SET(CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_MINOR "3")
SET(CPACK_PACKAGE_VERSION_PATCH "0")
SET(CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_DIRECTORY "BibleTime")
@@ -321,9 +321,8 @@ IF(WIN32 AND NOT UNIX)
# We need the libraries, and they're not pulled in automatically
INCLUDE(${QT_USE_FILE})
- IF(NOT CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Release")
- SET(CMAKE_INSTALL_DEBUG_LIBRARIES TRUE)
- INSTALL(FILES
+ SET(CMAKE_INSTALL_DEBUG_LIBRARIES TRUE)
+ INSTALL(FILES
"${QT_LIBRARY_DIR}/QtWebKitd4.dll"
"${QT_LIBRARY_DIR}/QtGuid4.dll"
"${QT_LIBRARY_DIR}/QtXmld4.dll"
@@ -333,18 +332,20 @@ IF(WIN32 AND NOT UNIX)
"${QT_LIBRARY_DIR}/phonond4.dll"
"${QT_LIBRARY_DIR}/QtSvgd4.dll"
DESTINATION "${BT_DESTINATION}"
- )
- ELSE(NOT CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQAL "Release")
- INSTALL(FILES
+ CONFIGURATIONS "Debug"
+ )
+ INSTALL(FILES
"${QT_LIBRARY_DIR}/QtWebKit4.dll"
"${QT_LIBRARY_DIR}/QtGui4.dll"
"${QT_LIBRARY_DIR}/QtXml4.dll"
+ "${QT_LIBRARY_DIR}/QtTest4.dll"
"${QT_LIBRARY_DIR}/QtNetwork4.dll"
"${QT_LIBRARY_DIR}/QtCore4.dll"
"${QT_LIBRARY_DIR}/phonon4.dll"
"${QT_LIBRARY_DIR}/QtSvg4.dll"
- DESTINATION "${BT_DESTINATION}")
- ENDIF(NOT CMAKE_BUILD_TYPE STREQUAL "Release")
+ DESTINATION "${BT_DESTINATION}"
+ CONFIGURATIONS "Release"
+ )
# Qt Plugins
INSTALL(DIRECTORY "${QT_PLUGINS_DIR}/iconengines" "${QT_PLUGINS_DIR}/imageformats" DESTINATION "${BT_DESTINATION}/plugins")
@@ -355,7 +356,7 @@ IF(WIN32 AND NOT UNIX)
INSTALL(FILES ${SWORD_DLL} DESTINATION ${BT_DESTINATION}) # This will also take effect in the regular install
# Some options for the CPack system. These should be pretty self-evident
- SET(CPACK_PACKAGE_ICON "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}/pics/icons\\\\bibletime.png")
+ SET(CPACK_PACKAGE_ICON "${CMAKE_CURRENT_SOURCE_DIR}\\\\pics\\\\icons\\\\bibletime.png")
SET(CPACK_NSIS_INSTALLED_ICON_NAME "bin\\\\bibletime.exe")
SET(CPACK_NSIS_DISPLAY_NAME "${CPACK_PACKAGE_INSTALL_DIRECTORY} for Windows")
SET(CPACK_NSIS_HELP_LINK "http:\\\\\\\\www.bibletime.info")
diff --git a/ChangeLog b/ChangeLog
index c0f6e1f..5f00221 100644
--- a/ChangeLog
+++ b/ChangeLog
@@ -1,3 +1,54 @@
+2009-10-06 Martin Gruner <mgruner@crosswire.org>
+ * Release 2.3
+
+2009-09-30 Martin Gruner <mgruner@crosswire.org>
+ * Release 2.3.rc1
+
+2009-09-29 Jaak Ristioja <ristioja@gmail.com>
+ * Added a case-insensitive module filter to the bookshelf dock widget.
+
+2009-09-26 Martin Gruner <mgruner@crosswire.org>
+ * Improved DBus interface for easier detection of BibleTime service
+ as requested by Teus Benshop.
+
+2009-09-25 Martin Gruner <mgruner@crosswire.org>
+ * Release 2.3.beta1
+
+2009-09-20 Thomas Abthorpe <tabthorpe@FreeBSD.org>
+ * Link Spanish Howto to the build
+
+2009-09-19 Jaak Ristioja <ristioja@gmail.com>
+ * Added a new bookshelf models implemented on top of the Qt Model/View
+ framework.
+ * Rewrote the bookshelf dock widget in the main window.
+
+
+2009-09-18 Gary Holmlund
+ * Fix bug id 2807600 - Limit movability of toolbar components
+ * Fix bug id 2832540 - Personal note relocated
+
+2009-09-14 Martin Gruner <mgruner@crosswire.org>
+ * Fixed a nasty bug which prevented non-KJV-verses to be shown in modules with
+ differing versification systems
+
+2009-09-07 Martin Gruner <mgruner@crosswire.org>
+ * Fixed a nasty bug causing a small memory leak and preventing the bookname
+ language from being updated instantly in the bible key choosers after
+ a language change.
+
+2009-09-05 Gary Holmlund
+ * Added new feature called "Change location". It is a shortcut (Ctrl-L) that
+ changes the focus to the toolbar field for the bible reference or book
+ location. This is like the Ctrl-L feature of FireFox.
+ * Fixed the "Search with works of this window" shortcut so it appears in the
+ shortcut editor. Moved its shortcut key from Ctrl-L to Ctrl-N
+
+2009-09-01 Martin Gruner <mgruner@crosswire.org>
+ * Fixed bug causing wrong behaviour on verse number click
+
+2009-08-27 Thomas Abthorpe <tabthorpe@FreeBSD.org>
+ * Link Danish Howto to the build
+
2009-08-26 Martin Gruner <mgruner@crosswire.org>
* Add Patch by Kang Sun to avoid compiler warnings
* Release 2.2
diff --git a/cmake/bibletime_source_list.cmake b/cmake/bibletime_source_list.cmake
index bddf98f..20e7135 100644
--- a/cmake/bibletime_source_list.cmake
+++ b/cmake/bibletime_source_list.cmake
@@ -5,6 +5,16 @@ SET(bibletime_UIS
)
SET(bibletime_SOURCES
+ #backend bookshelf model:
+ src/backend/bookshelfmodel/btbookshelfmodel.cpp
+ src/backend/bookshelfmodel/btbookshelftreemodel.cpp
+ src/backend/bookshelfmodel/btcheckstatefilterproxymodel.cpp
+ src/backend/bookshelfmodel/btmodulenamefilterproxymodel.cpp
+ src/backend/bookshelfmodel/categoryitem.cpp
+ src/backend/bookshelfmodel/distributionitem.cpp
+ src/backend/bookshelfmodel/item.cpp
+ src/backend/bookshelfmodel/languageitem.cpp
+ src/backend/bookshelfmodel/moduleitem.cpp
#backend filters
src/backend/filters/bt_gbfhtml.cpp
src/backend/filters/bt_osishtml.cpp
@@ -52,6 +62,7 @@ SET(bibletime_SOURCES
src/util/migrationutil.cpp
# frontend top level
+ src/frontend/btbookshelfdockwidget.cpp
src/frontend/cdragdrop.cpp
src/frontend/crossrefrendering.cpp
src/frontend/cprinter.cpp
@@ -64,7 +75,7 @@ SET(bibletime_SOURCES
src/frontend/cmodulechooserdialog.cpp
# Bookshelf/Bookmarks widget in main window
- src/frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.cpp
+ src/frontend/mainindex/btbookshelfview.cpp
src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.cpp
src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/btbookmarkloader.cpp
@@ -188,11 +199,16 @@ SET(bibletime_SOURCES
# mocable headers
SET(bibletime_MOCABLE_HEADERS
+ src/backend/bookshelfmodel/btbookshelfmodel.h
+ src/backend/bookshelfmodel/btbookshelftreemodel.h
+ src/backend/bookshelfmodel/btcheckstatefilterproxymodel.h
+ src/backend/bookshelfmodel/btmodulenamefilterproxymodel.h
src/backend/drivers/cswordmoduleinfo.h
src/backend/managers/cswordbackend.h
src/backend/cswordmodulesearch.h
src/bibletime.h
src/bibletime_dbus_adaptor.h
+ src/frontend/btbookshelfdockwidget.h
src/frontend/searchdialog/csearchmodulechooserdialog.h
src/frontend/searchdialog/crangechooserdialog.h
src/frontend/searchdialog/btsearchresultarea.h
@@ -206,7 +222,7 @@ SET(bibletime_MOCABLE_HEADERS
src/frontend/cdragdrop.h
src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/chidemodulechooserdialog.h
src/frontend/mainindex/bookshelf/cbookshelfindex.h
- src/frontend/mainindex/cmainindex.h
+ src/frontend/mainindex/btbookshelfview.h
src/frontend/mainindex/bookmarks/cbookmarkindex.h
src/frontend/cmdiarea.h
src/frontend/cinfodisplay.h
diff --git a/cmake/docs/howto_po4a.conf b/cmake/docs/howto_po4a.conf
index 5ec4739..88082c8 100644
--- a/cmake/docs/howto_po4a.conf
+++ b/cmake/docs/howto_po4a.conf
@@ -4,7 +4,7 @@
# If you modify the language list here, make sure you also modify CMakeLists.txt
#
-[po4a_langs] bg cs de fi fr it hu ko nl pt-br ru
+[po4a_langs] bg cs de da es fi fr it hu ko nl pt-br ru
[po4a_paths] i18n/howto/howto.pot $lang:i18n/howto/howto-$lang.po
[type: docbook] docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook $lang:docs/howto/$lang/docbook/howto-basics.docbook
[type: docbook] docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook $lang:docs/howto/$lang/docbook/howto-importance.docbook
diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook
index 58b1c79..44c20e9 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook
+++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook
@@ -976,6 +976,22 @@ zapne manuální skládání oken.</entry>
<row>
<entry>
<keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;L</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;N</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>Search with works of this window.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
<keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook
index ff627b9..cfe7f31 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook
+++ b/docs/handbook/cs/docbook/index.docbook
@@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
<legalnotice>
<para>Příručka &bibletime; je součástí &bibletime;.</para>
</legalnotice>
- <date>2009-06</date>
- <releaseinfo>2.2</releaseinfo>
+ <date>2009-09</date>
+ <releaseinfo>2.3</releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<para>&bibletime; je nástroj pro studium Bible založený na frameworku Sword.</para>
</abstract>
diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html
index ff02bfa..6d5068f 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html
+++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html
@@ -62,6 +62,10 @@ zapne manuln skldn oken.</td></tr><tr><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"> <span class="guimenu">Okno</span> &#8594; <span class="guimenuitem">Kaskda</span>
</a> obdoba oken.
</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlL</strong></span>
+ </td><td>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlN</strong></span>
+ </td><td>Search with works of this window.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Hledat</span> &#8594; <span class="guimenuitem">Hledat v otev&#345;ench
diff --git a/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html
index 084051b..d2ea7dc 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html
+++ b/docs/handbook/cs/html/index.html
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>P&#345;ru&#269;ka BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime je nstroj pro studium Bible zalo&#382;en na frameworku Sword."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="P&#345;ru&#269;ka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitola 1. vod"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">P&#345;ru&#269;ka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Dal&#353;</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="P&#345;ru&#269;ka BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>P&#345;ru&#269;ka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 tm <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Prvn dolo&#382;ka"><a name="id14837328"></a><p>P&#345;ru&#269;ka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> je sou&#269;st <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstrakt"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakt</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je nstroj pro studium Bible zalo&#382;en na frameworku Sword.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. vod</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">O <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Dostupn dla</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivace</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Spu&#353;t&#283;n <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Jak spustit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Spu&#353;t&#283;n <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Dal&#353; sprvci oken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Nastaven spu&#353;t&#283;n</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Spou&#353;t&#283;c sekvence.</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operace programu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Nhled programu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">&#268;sti okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knihovna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">&#268;asopis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Plocha</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vyhledvn v dlech</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Vyhledvn textu v aktivnm okn&#283;</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">P&#345;stup k dialogu vyhledvn</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Nastaven vyhledvn</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Vsledky hledn</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">Sprva knih</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Nastaven cesty ke knihm</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalace/aktualizace d&#283;l</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Odebrn d&#283;l</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Vyhledvac indexy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Export a tisk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Nastaven <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog Nastaven <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>P&#345;ru&#269;ka BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime je nstroj pro studium Bible zalo&#382;en na frameworku Sword."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="P&#345;ru&#269;ka BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitola 1. vod"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">P&#345;ru&#269;ka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Dal&#353;</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="P&#345;ru&#269;ka BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>P&#345;ru&#269;ka <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.3</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 tm <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Prvn dolo&#382;ka"><a name="id14837328"></a><p>P&#345;ru&#269;ka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> je sou&#269;st <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstrakt"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakt</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> je nstroj pro studium Bible zalo&#382;en na frameworku Sword.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Obsah</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. vod</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">O <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Dostupn dla</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivace</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Spu&#353;t&#283;n <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Jak spustit <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Spu&#353;t&#283;n <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Dal&#353; sprvci oken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Nastaven spu&#353;t&#283;n</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Spou&#353;t&#283;c sekvence.</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operace programu</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Nhled programu</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">&#268;sti okna aplikace <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Knihovna</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">&#268;asopis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Plocha</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Vyhledvn v dlech</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Vyhledvn textu v aktivnm okn&#283;</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">P&#345;stup k dialogu vyhledvn</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Nastaven vyhledvn</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Vsledky hledn</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">Sprva knih</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Nastaven cesty ke knihm</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalace/aktualizace d&#283;l</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Odebrn d&#283;l</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Vyhledvac indexy</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Export a tisk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Nastaven <span class="application">BibleTime</span> </a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog Nastaven <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
<span class="guimenu">Display</span>
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages">
<span class="guimenu">Languages</span>
diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook
index 353b56c..b4b47e3 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook
+++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook
@@ -992,6 +992,22 @@ Kacheln.
<row>
<entry>
<keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;L</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;N</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>Search with works of this window.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
<keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook
index 1ea43a0..767ac33 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook
+++ b/docs/handbook/de/docbook/index.docbook
@@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
<legalnotice>
<para>Der &bibletime;-Hilfedialog ist ein Teil von &bibletime;.</para>
</legalnotice>
- <date>2009-06</date>
- <releaseinfo>2.2</releaseinfo>
+ <date>2009-09</date>
+ <releaseinfo>2.3</releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<para>&bibletime; ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das auf dem Sword-System basiert.</para>
</abstract>
diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html
index 0050266..6b820f4 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html
+++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html
@@ -66,6 +66,10 @@ Kacheln.
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <span class="guimenu">Fenster</span> &#8594; <span class="guimenuitem">Staffeln</span>
</a> setzt den Staffelmodus fr die Fensteranordnung.
</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>StrgL</strong></span>
+ </td><td>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>StrgN</strong></span>
+ </td><td>Search with works of this window.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>StrgO</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Suche</span> &#8594; <span class="guimenuitem">In offenen Werken
diff --git a/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html
index 23c5261..17ac774 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html
+++ b/docs/handbook/de/html/index.html
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Das BibleTime-Handbuch</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das auf dem Sword-System basiert."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitel 1. Einleitung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Rechtlicher Hinweis"><a name="id14837330"></a><p>Der <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Hilfedialog ist ein Teil von <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Zusammenfassung"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das auf dem Sword-System basiert.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Einleitung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">ber <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Vorhandene Werke</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Wie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zu starten ist</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Andere Fenstermanager</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Konfiguration des Startverhaltens</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Start-Sequenz</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Programmbedienung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programmberblick</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Das Bcherregal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Die Lupe</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Die Arbeitsflche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">In Werken suchen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Nach Text in einem geffneten Lesefenster suchen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Such-Konfiguration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Suchergebnisse</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bcherregal Verwalter</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bcherregal-Pfade einrichten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Werke installieren/updaten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Werk(e) entfernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Suchindizes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exortieren und Drucken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> einrichten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Das BibleTime-Handbuch</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das auf dem Sword-System basiert."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Kapitel 1. Einleitung"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Weiter</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Das BibleTime-Handbuch"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Handbuch</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.3</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 Das <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Rechtlicher Hinweis"><a name="id14837330"></a><p>Der <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-Hilfedialog ist ein Teil von <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Zusammenfassung"><p class="title"><b>Zusammenfassung</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das auf dem Sword-System basiert.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhaltsverzeichnis</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Einleitung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">ber <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Vorhandene Werke</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Wie <span class="application">BibleTime</span> zu starten ist</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"> <span class="application">BibleTime</span> starten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Andere Fenstermanager</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Konfiguration des Startverhaltens</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Start-Sequenz</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Programmbedienung</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programmberblick</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Elemente des <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Fensters</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Das Bcherregal</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Die Lupe</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Die Arbeitsflche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">In Werken suchen</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Nach Text in einem geffneten Lesefenster suchen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Auf den Suchdialog zugreifen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Such-Konfiguration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Suchergebnisse</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Der <span class="guimenuitem">Bcherregal Verwalter</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bcherregal-Pfade einrichten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Werke installieren/updaten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Werk(e) entfernen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Suchindizes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exortieren und Drucken</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> einrichten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dialog <span class="application">BibleTime</span> konfigurieren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
<span class="guimenu">Display</span>
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages">
<span class="guimenu">Languages</span>
diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook
index 73d6064..1ee4cc9 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook
+++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook
@@ -1035,6 +1035,23 @@
<row>
<entry>
<keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;L</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the
+ selected work.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;N</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>Search with works of this window.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
<keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook
index 2bce422..7671567 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook
+++ b/docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook
@@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
<para>The &bibletime; handbook is part of
&bibletime;.</para>
</legalnotice>
- <date>2009-06</date>
- <releaseinfo>2.2</releaseinfo>
+ <date>2009-09</date>
+ <releaseinfo>2.3</releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword
framework.</para>
diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html
index 0f6c289..0054c9e 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html
+++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html
@@ -76,6 +76,11 @@
<span class="guimenu">Window</span> &#8594; <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span>
</a> windows equivalent.
</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlL</strong></span>
+ </td><td>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the
+ selected work.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlN</strong></span>
+ </td><td>Search with works of this window.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks">
diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html
index 26c45b2..40d162d 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html
+++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/index.html
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter1.Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Legal Notice"><a name="id14837330"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook is part of
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>The BibleTime handbook</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="The BibleTime handbook"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapter1.Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Next</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="The BibleTime handbook"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.3</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Legal Notice"><a name="id14837330"></a><p>The <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handbook is part of
<span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstract"><p class="title"><b>Abstract</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword
framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table of Contents</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Available works</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">How to start <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Starting <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Other window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Startup customization</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Startup sequence</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Program operation</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Program overview</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Parts of the <span class="application">BibleTime</span> application window</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">The Bookshelf</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">The Mag(nifying glass)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">The Desk</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Searching in works</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accessing the search dialog</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Search configuration</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Search results</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">The
<span class="guimenuitem">Bookshelf Manager</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Bookshelf path(s) setup</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Install/update work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remove work(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporting and Printing</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configuring <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_configfonts.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_configfonts.png
index 02c8823..a8c6a37 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_configfonts.png
+++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_configfonts.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png b/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png
index e88be81..6c7955a 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png
+++ b/docs/handbook/en/html/ss_mainterms.png
Binary files differ
diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook
index d87c444..f64ddb4 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook
+++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook
@@ -979,6 +979,22 @@ equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry>
<row>
<entry>
<keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;L</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;N</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>Search with works of this window.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
<keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook
index 16e885d..b46e9a1 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook
+++ b/docs/handbook/fi/docbook/index.docbook
@@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
<legalnotice>
<para>&bibletime;-käsikirja on osa &bibletime;-ohjelmaa.</para>
</legalnotice>
- <date>2009-06</date>
- <releaseinfo>2.2</releaseinfo>
+ <date>2009-09</date>
+ <releaseinfo>2.3</releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</para>
</abstract>
diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html
index 6c70cbe..52944d5 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html
+++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html
@@ -60,6 +60,10 @@ equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</td></tr><tr><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> &#8594; <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span>
</a> windows equivalent.
</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlL</strong></span>
+ </td><td>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlN</strong></span>
+ </td><td>Search with works of this window.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> &#8594; <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all
diff --git a/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html
index 3c2dffe..c4c9d46 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html
+++ b/docs/handbook/fi/html/index.html
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime-ksikirja</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-ksikirja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Luku 1. Johdanto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ksikirja</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="BibleTime-ksikirja"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ksikirja</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-tyryhm</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Oikeudellinen ilmoitus"><a name="id14837328"></a><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ksikirja on osa <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ohjelmaa.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Tiivistelm"><p class="title"><b>Tiivistelm</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisllys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Johdanto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Tietoja <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:st</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Saatavana olevat tehtvt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivaatiota</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n kynnistys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kynnistetn</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n kynnistys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Muut ikkunamanagerit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Kynnistyksen stminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Kynnistyssarja</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Ohjelman toiminto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Kirjahylly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Suurennuslasi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Typyt</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Etsint teoksista</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Etsi-ikkunaan psy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Etsinnn asetukset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Etsinnn tulokset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Asenna/pivit teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Poista teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Etsii indeksej</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vienti ja tulostus</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime-ksikirja</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime-ksikirja"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Luku 1. Johdanto"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ksikirja</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Seuraava</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="BibleTime-ksikirja"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ksikirja</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.3</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-tyryhm</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Oikeudellinen ilmoitus"><a name="id14837328"></a><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ksikirja on osa <span class="application">BibleTime</span>-ohjelmaa.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Tiivistelm"><p class="title"><b>Tiivistelm</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Sisllys</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Johdanto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Tietoja <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:st</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Saatavana olevat tehtvt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivaatiota</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>n kynnistys</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Kuinka <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kynnistetn</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n kynnistys</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Muut ikkunamanagerit</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Kynnistyksen stminen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Kynnistyssarja</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Ohjelman toiminto</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Yleiskatsaus ohjelmaan</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html"><span class="application">BibleTime</span>n osa sovellusikkuna</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">Kirjahylly</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Suurennuslasi</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Typyt</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Etsint teoksista</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekstin haku avoimessa lukuikkunassa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Etsi-ikkunaan psy</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Etsinnn asetukset</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Etsinnn tulokset</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html"><span class="guimenuitem">Kirjahyllyn hallinta</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Kirjahyllyn polun/polkujen asetus</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Asenna/pivit teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Poista teos/teoksia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Etsii indeksej</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Vienti ja tulostus</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span>:n asetukset</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
<span class="guimenu">Display</span>
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages">
<span class="guimenu">Languages</span>
diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook
index eb45f30..b86b9a0 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook
+++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook
@@ -980,6 +980,22 @@ lecture.</entry>
<row>
<entry>
<keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;L</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;N</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>Search with works of this window.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
<keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook
index af6af41..08ae82d 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook
+++ b/docs/handbook/fr/docbook/index.docbook
@@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
<legalnotice>
<para>Le manuel &bibletime; fait partie de &bibletime;.</para>
</legalnotice>
- <date>2009-06</date>
- <releaseinfo>2.2</releaseinfo>
+ <date>2009-09</date>
+ <releaseinfo>2.3</releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</para>
</abstract>
diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html
index d8ebc04..4bf8a37 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html
+++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html
@@ -61,6 +61,10 @@ lecture.</td></tr><tr><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> &#8594; <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span>
</a> windows equivalent.
</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlL</strong></span>
+ </td><td>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlN</strong></span>
+ </td><td>Search with works of this window.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> &#8594; <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all
diff --git a/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html
index f067960..a7c76f0 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html
+++ b/docs/handbook/fr/html/index.html
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le manuel de BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapitre1.Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le manuel de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Le manuel de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 l'quipe <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Note lgale"><a name="id14837328"></a><p>Le manuel <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fait partie de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Rsum"><p class="title"><b>Rsum</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matires</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">&#338;uvres disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Comment lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Autres gestionnaires de fentres</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Configuration du dmarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Squence de dmarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Utilisation du programme</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Vue d'ensemble du programme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Regardons les diffrentes parties de l'application une par une.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La bibliothque</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Le zoom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Le bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Rechercher dans des modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accder au dialogue de recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuration de la recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Rsultats de recherche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothque</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothques</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installer/mettre jour module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Enlever des modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporter et imprimer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Le manuel de BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Chapitre1.Introduction"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Le manuel de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Suivant</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Le manuel de BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Le manuel de <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.3</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 l'quipe <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Note lgale"><a name="id14837328"></a><p>Le manuel <span class="application">BibleTime</span> fait partie de <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Rsum"><p class="title"><b>Rsum</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Table des matires</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduction</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">&#338;uvres disponibles</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivation</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Comment lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Lancer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Autres gestionnaires de fentres</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Configuration du dmarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Squence de dmarrage</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Utilisation du programme</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Vue d'ensemble du programme</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Regardons les diffrentes parties de l'application une par une.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">La bibliothque</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Le zoom</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Le bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Rechercher dans des modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Searching text in an open read window</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Accder au dialogue de recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuration de la recherche</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Rsultats de recherche</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">Le <span class="guimenuitem">Gestionnaire de Bibliothque</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurer les chemins vers les bibliothques</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Installer/mettre jour module</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Enlever des modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporter et imprimer</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurer <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
<span class="guimenu">Display</span>
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages">
<span class="guimenu">Languages</span>
diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook
index d22f0bb..ad98248 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook
+++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook
@@ -1028,6 +1028,22 @@ linkend="hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall"><menuchoice><guimenu>Ablak</guime
<row>
<entry>
<keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;L</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;N</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>Search with works of this window.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
<keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook
index 710083e..0704f23 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook
+++ b/docs/handbook/hu/docbook/index.docbook
@@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
<legalnotice>
<para>A &bibletime; kézikönyv a &bibletime; része</para>
</legalnotice>
- <date>2009-06</date>
- <releaseinfo>2.2</releaseinfo>
+ <date>2009-09</date>
+ <releaseinfo>2.3</releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<para>&bibletime; egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmányozó
szoftver.</para>
diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html
index 8b3a65a..08f7033 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html
+++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html
@@ -83,6 +83,10 @@ ablakban.</td></tr><tr><td>
sszes bezrsa</span></a> menponttal, bezrja az
sszes nyitott ablakot.
</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlL</strong></span>
+ </td><td>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlN</strong></span>
+ </td><td>Search with works of this window.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span>
</td><td>
Megegyezik a <a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"><span class="guimenu">Keress</span> &#8594; <span class="guimenuitem">Keress
diff --git a/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html
index b19c6d3..12a6f2b 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html
+++ b/docs/handbook/hu/html/index.html
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime kziknyv</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmnyoz szoftver."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kziknyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="1. fejezet - Bevezets"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kziknyv</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Kvetkez&#337;</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="BibleTime kziknyv"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kziknyv</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Saalbach</span>, <span class="firstname">Fred</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Hoyt</span>, <span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Gruner</span>, <span class="firstname">Martin</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Abthorpe</span>, <span class="firstname">Thomas</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> csapat</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Jogi kzlemny"><a name="id14837329"></a><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kziknyv a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> rsze</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Kivonat"><p class="title"><b>Kivonat</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmnyoz
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>BibleTime kziknyv</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmnyoz szoftver."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="BibleTime kziknyv"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="1. fejezet - Bevezets"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kziknyv</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Kvetkez&#337;</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="BibleTime kziknyv"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a><span class="application">BibleTime</span> kziknyv</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Saalbach</span>, <span class="firstname">Fred</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Hoyt</span>, <span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Gruner</span>, <span class="firstname">Martin</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="surname">Abthorpe</span>, <span class="firstname">Thomas</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.3</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> csapat</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Jogi kzlemny"><a name="id14837329"></a><p>A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> kziknyv a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> rsze</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Kivonat"><p class="title"><b>Kivonat</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> egy, a Sword keretrendszerre alapozott Biblia tanulmnyoz
szoftver.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tartalom</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Bevezets</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Mi a <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Elrhet&#337; dokumentumok</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivcink</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> indtsa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hogyan indtsuk a <span class="application">BibleTime</span> programot</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> indtsa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Ms ablakkezel&#337;k (*nix rendszeren)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Egyni indtsok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Indtsi folyamat</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. A program m&#369;kdse</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">A program ttekintse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> ablak rszei</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Knyvespolc</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Nagyt</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Munkaasztal</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Keress a dokumentumokban</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Keress egy megnyitott ablakban </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Keressi prbeszdablak elrse </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">A keress testreszabsa </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Keressi tallatok</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">A <span class="guimenuitem">Knyvespolc menedzser</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Teleptsi tvonal(ak) belltsa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Dokumentum(ok) teleptse/frisstse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Dokumentum(ok) trlse</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Keressi indexek</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportls s Nyomtats</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> belltsa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">A <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Belltsa prbeszdablak</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
<span class="guimenu">Display</span>
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages">
diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook
index bc0f2d3..b9de1b6 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook
+++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook
@@ -981,6 +981,22 @@ equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</entry>
<row>
<entry>
<keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;L</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;N</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>Search with works of this window.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
<keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook
index c460b90..0d4d6cb 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook
+++ b/docs/handbook/nl/docbook/index.docbook
@@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
<legalnotice>
<para>Het &bibletime; handboek is onderdeel van &bibletime;</para>
</legalnotice>
- <date>2009-06</date>
- <releaseinfo>2.2</releaseinfo>
+ <date>2009-09</date>
+ <releaseinfo>2.3</releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<para>&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</para>
</abstract>
diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html
index 192fcff..8847cf1 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html
+++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html
@@ -60,6 +60,10 @@ equivalent; toggle manual window placement.</td></tr><tr><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <span class="guimenu">Window</span> &#8594; <span class="guimenuitem">Cascade</span>
</a> windows equivalent.
</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlL</strong></span>
+ </td><td>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlN</strong></span>
+ </td><td>Search with works of this window.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Search</span> &#8594; <span class="guimenuitem">Search in open work(s)</span> </a> equivalent; opens the search dialog to search in all
diff --git a/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html
index 83be3d2..17f1015 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html
+++ b/docs/handbook/nl/html/index.html
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Het BibleTime handboek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Bericht"><a name="id14837330"></a><p>Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek is onderdeel van <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Samenvatting"><p class="title"><b>Samenvatting</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introductie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Beschikbare modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivatie</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hoe u <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Andere window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Aanpassing van het opstarten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Volgorde van opstartschermen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Werking van het programma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programma overzicht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">De Boekenplank</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Het Vergrootglas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Het Bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zoeken in modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">De zoekdialoog benaderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Zoekresultaten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Modules installeren/bijwerken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Module(s) verwijderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporteren en Printen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Het BibleTime handboek</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Hoofdstuk 1. Introductie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Volgende</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Het BibleTime handboek"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.3</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> team</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Bericht"><a name="id14837330"></a><p>Het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> handboek is onderdeel van <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Samenvatting"><p class="title"><b>Samenvatting</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Inhoudsopgave</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introductie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">About <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Beschikbare modules</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivatie</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Hoe u <span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstart</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start"><span class="application">BibleTime</span> opstarten</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Andere window managers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Aanpassing van het opstarten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Volgorde van opstartschermen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Werking van het programma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Programma overzicht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Onderdelen van het <span class="application">BibleTime</span> toepassingsvenster</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">De Boekenplank</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">Het Vergrootglas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">Het Bureau</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Zoeken in modules</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Tekst zoeken in een geopend leesvenster</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">De zoekdialoog benaderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configuratie van de zoekopdracht</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Zoekresultaten</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">De <span class="guimenuitem">Boekenplank Manager</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Het instellen van Boekenplank bestandspad(en)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Modules installeren/bijwerken</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Module(s) verwijderen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">Search Indexes</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exporteren en Printen</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. <span class="application">BibleTime</span> configureren</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Configure <span class="application">BibleTime</span> Dialog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
<span class="guimenu">Display</span>
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages">
<span class="guimenu">Languages</span>
diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook
index 77cbfaa..8132bbb 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook
+++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook
@@ -984,6 +984,22 @@ posicionamento</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Modo manual</guimenuitem>
<row>
<entry>
<keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;L</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
+ <keycap>&Ctrl;N</keycap></keycombo>
+ </entry>
+ <entry>Search with works of this window.</entry>
+ </row>
+
+ <row>
+ <entry>
+ <keycombo action="simul">
<keycap>&Ctrl;O</keycap></keycombo>
</entry>
<entry>
diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook
index 05c9c5b..636eade 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook
+++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/docbook/index.docbook
@@ -47,8 +47,8 @@
<legalnotice>
<para>O livro de mo do &bibletime; parte do &bibletime;.</para>
</legalnotice>
- <date>2009-06</date>
- <releaseinfo>2.2</releaseinfo>
+ <date>2009-09</date>
+ <releaseinfo>2.3</releaseinfo>
<abstract>
<para>&bibletime; uma ferramenta de estudo da Bblia baseado no framework Sword.</para>
</abstract>
diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html
index 899a2f1..4837128 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html
+++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/hdbk-reference-hotkeys.html
@@ -63,6 +63,10 @@ posicionamento</span> &#8594; <span class="guimenuitem">Modo manual</span> equiv
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade"> <span class="guimenu">Janela</span> &#8594; <span class="guimenuitem">Cascata</span>
</a> equivalente a janelas.
</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlL</strong></span>
+ </td><td>Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work.</td></tr><tr><td>
+ <span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlN</strong></span>
+ </td><td>Search with works of this window.</td></tr><tr><td>
<span class="keycap"><strong>CtrlO</strong></span>
</td><td>
<a class="link" href="hdbk-reference.html#hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks"> <span class="guimenu">Procurar</span> &#8594; <span class="guimenuitem">Procurar nas obras
diff --git a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/index.html b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/index.html
index 9a8caca..e480cf5 100644
--- a/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/index.html
+++ b/docs/handbook/pt-br/html/index.html
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>O livro de mo do BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime uma ferramenta de estudo da Bblia baseado no framework Sword."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Captulo 1. Introduo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">O livro de mo do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>O livro de mo do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.2</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 a equipe <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legal"><a name="id14837328"></a><p>O livro de mo do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> parte do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumo"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uma ferramenta de estudo da Bblia baseado no framework Sword.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>ndice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduo</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponveis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivao</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Outros gerenciadores de janelas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalizao de incio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Sequncia de incio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operao do programa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Viso geral do programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Partes da janela de aplicao do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Estante de Livros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Lupa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Mesa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando em obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acessando o dilogo de busca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configurao de pesquisa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de busca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurao do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remover obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">ndices de pesquisa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimindo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dilogo de configurao do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>O livro de mo do BibleTime</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="BibleTime uma ferramenta de estudo da Bblia baseado no framework Sword."><meta name="keywords" content="QT4, bibletime, sword, crosswire, help dialog"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><link rel="next" href="hdbk-intro.html" title="Captulo 1. Introduo"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">O livro de mo do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="hdbk-intro.html">Prxima</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="O livro de mo do BibleTime"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>O livro de mo do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Fred</span> <span class="surname">Saalbach</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Jeffrey</span> <span class="surname">Hoyt</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Martin</span> <span class="surname">Gruner</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Thomas</span> <span class="surname">Abthorpe</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="releaseinfo">2.3</p></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 1999-2009 a equipe <span class="application">BibleTime</span></p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Nota Legal"><a name="id14837328"></a><p>O livro de mo do <span class="application">BibleTime</span> parte do <span class="application">BibleTime</span>.</p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumo"><p class="title"><b>Resumo</b></p><p><span class="application">BibleTime</span> uma ferramenta de estudo da Bblia baseado no framework Sword.</p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>ndice</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-intro.html">1. Introduo</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-about">Sobre <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-works">Obras disponveis</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-intro.html#hdbk-intro-motivation">Motivao</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-term.html">2. Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Como iniciar o <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start">Iniciando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-otherwm">Outros gerenciadores de janelas</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-term.html#hdbk-start-custom">Personalizao de incio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-startsequence.html">Sequncia de incio</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-op.html">3. Operao do programa</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op.html#hdbk-op-overview">Viso geral do programa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html">Partes da janela de aplicao do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf">A Estante de Livros</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-mag">A Lupa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-parts.html#hdbk-op-parts-desk">A Mesa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html">Buscando em obras</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-intext">Procurando texto em uma janela de leitura aberta</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-access">Acessando o dilogo de busca</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-config">Configurao de pesquisa</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-search.html#hdbk-op-search-results">Resultados de busca</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html">O <span class="guimenuitem">Gerenciador da Estante</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-path">Configurao do(s) caminho(s) da Estante</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-installupdate">Instalar/atualizar obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-remove">Remover obra(s)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager.html#hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager-searchindexes">ndices de pesquisa</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-op-output.html">Exportando e Imprimindo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="hdbk-config.html">4. Configurando <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt">Dilogo de configurao do <span class="application">BibleTime</span></a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-display">
<span class="guimenu">Display</span>
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="hdbk-config.html#hdbk-config-bt-languages">
<span class="guimenu">Languages</span>
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-basics.docbook
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b29fe2d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-basics.docbook
@@ -0,0 +1,209 @@
+<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Bible Study Basics</title>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
+<title>Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen</title>
+<para>
+<blockquote><attribution>Joh.5:39-40 (Bibelen på hverdagsdansk)</attribution> <para>I studerer og forsker i skrifterne, fordi I tror, at de giver jer evigt
+liv. Men skrifterne peger på mig, og alligevel kommer I ikke til mig for at
+få liv.</para>
+</blockquote>
+</para>
+
+<para>Hovedformålet for bogen er at bringe os til Personen. Martin Luther sagde
+<quote>vi går kun til vuggen for barnets skyld</quote>; sådan er det også
+med bibelstudie, vi gør det ikke bare for at studere Bibelen, men for at
+have fællesskab med Gud.
+</para>
+
+<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution>
+<para>Jøderne til hvem Jesus talte [...] forestilte sig at det at besidde Den
+hellige skrift var ensbetydende med at besidde liv. Hillel plejede at sige,
+&quot;han som har tilegnet sig ord fra Toraen, har anskaffet sig det
+kommende liv.&quot; Deres studie var en ende i sig selv. I det var de blevet
+bitterligt bedraget. [...]</para>
+<para>Der er hverken fortjeneste eller gavn af at læse Skriften for dens egen
+skyld, men kun hvis den effektivt introducerer os til Jesus Kristus. Hver
+gang Bibelen bliver læst, så er der brug for en ivrig forventning til at vi
+må møde Kristus.</para>
+</blockquote>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Tilgange til Guds Ord</title>
+<para>At lytte og læse giver et teleskopisk syn på skriften, mens studie og
+udenadslære giver et mikroskopisk syn på skriften. Meditation bringer
+lytning, læsning, studie og udenadslære sammen og støber ordet fast i vore
+sind.</para>
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Hør</title>
+<para>Luk.11:28 <quote>Salige er de, som hører Guds ord og bevarer det!</quote></para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Læs</title>
+<para>Åb.1:3 <quote> Salig er den, som læser op, og de, som hører profetiens ord
+[...]</quote></para>
+<para>1. Tim.4:13 <quote> Indtil jeg kommer, skal du tage vare på skriftlæsningen
+[...]</quote>
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Studér</title>
+<para>ApG. 17:11 <quote>Disse jøder var mere imødekommende end jøderne i
+Thessalonika, de modtog ordet med megen velvilje og granskede dagligt
+Skrifterne for at se, om det forholdt sig sådan.</quote>
+</para>
+<para>2. Tim.2:15 <quote>Stræb efter at stå din prøve for Gud som en arbejder, der
+ikke behøver at skamme sig, men som går lige på med sandhedens ord.</quote></para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Lær uden ad</title>
+<para>Sl.119:11 <quote>Jeg gemmer dit ord i mit hjerte,for ikke at synde mod
+dig.</quote></para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Meditér</title>
+<para>Sl.1:2-3 <quote>men har sin glæde ved Herrens lovog grunder på hans lov dag
+og nat. Han er som et træ,der er plantet ved bækken; det bærer frugt til
+rette tid,og dets blade visner ikke. Alt, hvad han gør, lykkes for
+ham.</quote>
+</para>
+
+<para>The Navigators illustrerer dette ved at sige, at tommelfingeren kan røre
+alle de andre fingre. Vi kan meditere på Ordet imens vi gør enhver af de
+første fire. Meditation er en nøgle til åbenbaring. En ny kristen har brug
+for at høre og læse ordet mere end at studere og memorere det. Det er for at
+de bliver mere bekendte med Bibelens samlede budskab.</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Typer af bibelstudie</title>
+<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Emne Studie</title>
+<para>Vælg et bestemt emne og følg det ved at bruge krydsreferencer eller en
+bibelordbog.</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Person Studie</title>
+<para>At studere en bibelsk persons liv, f.eks. Josefs liv i 1. Mos.37-50.</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Forklarende studie</title>
+<para>Studér er bestemt passage: afsnit, kapitel, eller bog.</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning</title>
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Indhold</title>
+<para>Hvad er det den siger? Hvad er det den siger på det oprindelige sprog? Vær
+forsigtig med definitioner. Læs ikke ind i det den ikke siger.</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Sammenhæng</title>
+<para>Hvad siger versene omkring det? &quot;Sammenhæng er konge&quot; er reglen --
+passagen må give mening i forhold til strukturen af hele passagen og bogen.</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Krydsreference</title>
+<para>Hvad siger andre vers i resten af Bibelen om dette emne? Gud modsiger ikke
+sig selv, så vores fortolkning er nødt til at holde vand over for andre
+skriftsteder. ææ</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18</title>
+<para>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
+Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
+they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
+Roman numeral One of your outline:</para>
+
+<orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
+ <listitem><para> Pas på, at I ikke viser jeres retfærdighed for øjnene af mennesker for at
+blive set af dem</para></listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+
+<para>What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the
+passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed?
+<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?</para>
+
+<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem><para>Når du giver</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Når du faster</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Når du beder</para></listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+
+<para>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong
+ways of practicing our righteousness:</para>
+
+<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem><para>Når du giver
+ <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
+ <listitem><para>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote>
+today?)</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>gør det i det skjulte.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>osv.</para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</title>
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>At finde et bestemt vers</title>
+<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem><para>Vælg et nøgleord eller det mest usædvanelige ord i verset.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Slå ordet op alfabetisk.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</para></listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+
+<para>Find disse vers:
+<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem><para><quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Historien om den rige mand og Lazarus.</para></listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>At lave et emnestudie </title>
+<para>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word &quot;redemption.&quot; First
+you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
+for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
+them, e.g. &quot;redeem, redeemed, ransom,&quot; even &quot;buy&quot; or
+&quot;bought.&quot; </para>
+</sect2>
+
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk</title>
+<para>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge
+not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated &quot;judge&quot; in English? (We're using Strong's
+from here out.) </para>
+<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem><para>Look up &quot;judge&quot;.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
+This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Now look up &quot;judgeth&quot;.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
+the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
+with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </para></listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>At Finde Betydningen af Navne</title>
+<para>Ved den samme process kan vi finde betydningen af et navn på græsk eller
+hebraisk.</para>
+<para>Slå de følgende navne op og skriv deres betydning ned:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Abigajil</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Josva</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Barnabas</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect2>
+
+</sect1>
+
+</chapter>
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-importance.docbook
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..016374d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-importance.docbook
@@ -0,0 +1,312 @@
+<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</title>
+<para>At forstå Guds ord er meget vigtigt for alle som påkalder Guds navn. Studie
+af Bibelen er en af de primære måder hvorpå vi lærer at kommunikere med Gud.</para>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>En Bog der er Unik</title>
+<para>Bibelen er overlegen på mange punkter. Den er unik med hensyn til:</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+popularitet. Bibel salget i Nord Amerika: mere end 5000 millioner dollars om
+året. Bibelen er både den meste solgte bog til alle tider og fra år til år!
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+forfatterskab. Den blev skrevet over over en periode på 1600 år af 40
+forskellige forfattere fra forskellige baggrunde, alligevel læses den som
+den var skrevet af en.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+velbevarethed. I <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</emphasis>
+sammenligner F. F. Bruce Det Nye Testamente med andre old-tekster:
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
+<title>Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske
+tekster.</title>
+<tgroup cols="5">
+<thead>
+<row>
+<entry>Værk</entry>
+<entry>Blev skrevet</entry>
+<entry>Første Kopi</entry>
+<entry>Tidsforløb</entry><entry>Antal Kopier</entry>
+</row></thead>
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry>Herodotus</entry>
+<entry>448-428 f.kr.</entry><entry>900 e.kr.</entry>
+<entry>1300 år</entry><entry>8
+</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry>Tacitus</entry>
+<entry>100 e.kr.</entry><entry>110 e.kr.</entry>
+<entry>1000 år</entry><entry>20
+</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry>Caesar's <emphasis>Galliske Krig</emphasis></entry>
+<entry>80-58 f.kr.</entry><entry>900 e.kr.</entry>
+<entry>950 år</entry><entry>10
+</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry>Livy's <emphasis>Roms historie</emphasis></entry>
+<entry>59 f.kr. - 17 e.kr.</entry><entry>900 e.kr.</entry>
+<entry>900 år</entry><entry>20
+</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry>Det nye testamente</entry>
+<entry>40 e.kr. - 100 e.kr.</entry><entry>130 e.kr. Delvise manuskripter 350 e.kr. Hele manuskripter</entry> <entry>30 - 310 år</entry><entry>5000 Græske &amp; 10,000 på Latin
+</entry></row>
+</tbody></tgroup></table>
+<para>Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
+containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </para>
+<blockquote><attribution>Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citeret i <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis>
+p. 25-26</attribution><para>"I ægthed og helhed af beviserne hvorpå det hviler, så er teksterne i det
+Nye testamente absolutte og urørlige, alene med hensyn til andre
+oldhistoriske prosa." </para></blockquote>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>En bog Gud åndede</title>
+<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and
+active... </emphasis>" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>
+"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>"
+As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
+continually-fresh way.
+</para>
+<para>2 Tim.3:16 declares, "<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+God-breathed].</emphasis>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
+Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures. </para>
+<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>,
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 &amp; Is.29:13).
+It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as
+true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1)
+as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
+of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...
+</para>
+<para>
+This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </para></blockquote>
+
+<para>2. Tim.3.16-17 fortsætter, "<emphasis>og nyttigt til undervisning, til
+bevis, til vejledning og til opdragelse i retfærdighed, så at det menneske,
+som hører Gud til, kan blive fuldvoksent, udrustet til al god
+gerning.</emphasis>" Hvis vi accepterer at Bibelen virkelig er Gud der
+snakker til os, så følger det at den vil være vores autoritet i alle
+anliggender af tro og handling. </para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>En Bog der Virker</title>
+<para>
+What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible
+"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.
+</para>
+<table id="h2-importance-results-table">
+<title>Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?</title>
+<tgroup cols="2">
+<thead>
+<row>
+<entry>Reference</entry>
+<entry>Handling</entry>
+</row>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry>Ef. 5:26
+</entry>
+<entry>renser -- "...for at hellige den ved at rense den i badet med vand ved
+ordet,"
+</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>
+ApG 20:32
+</entry>
+<entry>
+opbygger -- " ...hans nådes ord, som formår at opbygge og at give arven til
+alle dem, der er helliget. "
+</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>
+Rom. 15:4
+</entry>
+<entry>
+trøster -- "så vi med udholdenhed og med den trøst, som Skrifterne giver os,
+kan fastholde håbet.
+</entry>
+</row>
+
+<row>
+<entry>
+Rom. 10:17
+</entry>
+<entry>
+giver tro -- "Troen kommer altså af det, der høres, og det, der høres,
+kommer i kraft af Kristi ord."
+</entry>
+</row>
+
+<row>
+<entry>
+1. Kor. 10:11
+</entry>
+<entry>
+vejleder -- "Alt dette skete med dem, for at de skulle være advarende
+eksempler, og det blev skrevet for at vejlede os"
+</entry>
+</row>
+
+<row>
+<entry>
+Matt. 4:4
+</entry>
+<entry>
+næring -- "Men han svarede: Der står skrevet: ›Mennesket skal ikke leve af
+brød alene, men af hvert ord, der udgår af Guds mund.‹"
+</entry>
+</row>
+</tbody>
+</tgroup>
+</table>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>En bog som befrier</title>
+<para>
+Joh.8.32"<emphasis>og I skal lære sandheden at kende, og sandheden skal gøre
+jer frie.</emphasis>" Dette er som regel citeret for sig selv. Er det et
+betinget eller et ubetinget løfte? Gælder det for alle typer af kundskab?
+Find svarene ved at undersøge første halvdel af sætningen i v.31.
+"<emphasis>Hvis I bliver i mit ord, er I sandelig mine
+disciple... </emphasis>" </para>
+<para>Vi ser at dette er et betinget løfte, specifikt angående sandheden af Guds
+ord.</para>
+
+<para>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent
+wind.</emphasis> "<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+doctrine...</emphasis>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</para>
+
+<para><emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>"<emphasis>You are
+mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
+God.</emphasis>"Mt.22:29</para>
+<para>Hvilke 2 ting har vi brug for at kende, for at holde os fra fejl?</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>Guds ord</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Guds kraft </para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>En Bog som Bekriger</title>
+<para>
+Ef.6:10-18 er et billede på vores åndelige udrustning.</para>
+<table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
+<title>Åndelig Rustning</title>
+<tgroup cols="2">
+<thead>
+<row>
+<entry>Spørgsmål</entry>
+<entry>Svar</entry>
+</row></thead>
+<tbody>
+<row><entry>Hvor mange af de våben der er opremset her er defensive våben?</entry><entry>5</entry></row>
+<row><entry>Hvor mange er offensive?</entry><entry>Et</entry></row>
+<row><entry>Hvile(t)? </entry><entry>ordet - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row>
+</tbody></tgroup></table>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Formaninger</title>
+<para>
+2 Tim.2:15 (Hverdagsdansk) "<emphasis>Gør dit bedste, så du kan stå frem for
+Gud som en prøvet mand og en god arbejder, der ikke behøver at skamme sig
+over sin livsgerning, og som ærligt og samvittighedsfuldt har forkyndt
+sandheden.</emphasis>"
+</para>
+<para>
+Col.3:16 (Hverdagsdansk) "<emphasis>Lad Kristi budskab få lov til rigtigt at
+udfolde sig iblandt jer. Det er jo kun hans ord, der kan berige jeres liv
+med sand visdom, så I kan undervise og vejlede hinanden. Syng af hele jeres
+hjerte til Guds ære - salmer, hymner og åndelige sange. </emphasis>"
+</para>
+
+<para>Hvis du er rig på noget, hvor meget har du så af det? </para>
+<para>
+Ikke kun en smule!</para>
+
+<para>
+Præd.12:11-12 "<emphasis> De vises ord er som pigge, og som søm er de sat i
+tætte rækker, de er formet af én hyrde. Men ud over det: Min søn, lad dig
+advare! Der er ingen ende på de mange bøger, der skrives, og den megen
+læsning bliver man træt af.</emphasis>"
+</para> </sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Tillæg: "En gang for alle"</title>
+<blockquote>
+<attribution>John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis>
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
+<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and
+<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the
+Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
+as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says,
+"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para>
+Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to
+either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on
+which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the
+addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition
+of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola
+scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola
+gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation.</para>
+</blockquote>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner</title> <para> Her er nogle nemme programmer til systematisk at læse din Bibel. Du kan
+bruge mere end en på samme tid, hvis du har lyst. For eksempel #1 med #4,
+eller #2 men #5. Variér programmer fra år til år for at holde det friskt!
+</para>
+<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+<listitem><para>Det Nye Testamente på et År: læs et kapitel hver dag, 5 dage om ugen.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Ordsprogene på en Måned: læs et kapitel af Ordsprogene hver dag, tilsvarende
+til dagen på måneden.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Salmerne på en Måned: læs 5 salmer med et interval på 30, hver dag, for
+eksempel på den 20. læser du Sl. 20, 50, 80, &amp; 140.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Salmerne &amp; Ordsprogene på 6 måneder: læs gennem Salmerne og Ordsprogene
+et kapitel om dagen.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Det Gamle Testamente uden Salmerne &amp; Ordsprogene på 2 år: hvis du læser
+et kapitel om dagen i det Gamle Testamente, hvor du springer Salmerne &amp;
+Ordsprogene over, så kommer du igennem det Gamle Testamente på 2 år og 2
+uger.
+</para></listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+</sect1>
+
+</chapter>
+
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..34da848
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/da/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook
@@ -0,0 +1,260 @@
+<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</title>
+<para>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
+goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
+scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing
+this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
+interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
+correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some
+things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
+do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote></para>
+
+<para>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</para>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene.</title>
+<para>Des mere præcise vi kan være med den nøjagtige, originale betydning af
+ordene, des bedre vil vores fortolkning være. Prøv at finde den nøjagtige
+betydning af nøgleordene ved at følge disse trin:</para>
+
+<orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara><title>Definition</title>
+ <para>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
+tense is also crucial.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara><title>Krydsreference</title>
+ <para>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
+on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
+authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek
+word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
+have different shades of meaning.</emphasis></para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Eksempel 1A</title>
+<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"Touch me not"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New
+Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</para>
+
+<para>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
+The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879).
+"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an
+object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
+something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
+after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
+or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
+something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
+that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</para>
+<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para>
+</section>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Eksempel 1B</title>
+<para>In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?</para>
+<para>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
+it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
+action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>Kryds-referencer af aleipho:
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Matt.6:17 Men når du faster, så salv dit hoved</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Mark.16.1 købte [kvinderne] vellugtende salver for at gå ud og salve ham.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Mark.6:13 Og de salvede mange syge med olie og helbredte dem.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Luk.7:38 [...] hun kyssede hans fødder og salvede dem med olien. </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] salvede Jesu fødder og tørrede dem med sit hår</para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+</listitem>
+
+<listitem><para>Kryds-referencer af chrio:
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Luk.4:18 (Skandinavia) <quote>Herrens Ånd er over mig. Han har salvet mig
+til at prædike [...]</quote></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Ap.G. 4.27 Jesus, som du har salvet </para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>ApG. 10:38 Gud salvede Jesus fra Nazaret med Helligånd og kraft</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>2. Kor.1.21 Og den...som salvede os, er Gud</para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<para>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
+<emphasis>&quot;aleipho&quot; is a practical use of oil and
+&quot;chrio&quot; is a spiritual</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.
+</para>
+<para>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+<emphasis>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
+and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
+Lord."</emphasis> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</para>
+<para>
+And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!
+</para>
+</section>
+</section>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-context">
+<title>Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng</title>
+<para>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
+If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+within its context, we have to look further.</para>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Eksempel 2A</title>
+<para>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>"born of water and the
+Spirit."</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</para>
+<para>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</para>
+</section>
+<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Eksempel 2B</title>
+<para>1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to
+be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...]
+while praying or prophesying [...]</quote></para>
+</section>
+<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Eksempel 2C</title>
+<para>Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, &quot;Repent, and let each of you
+be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]&quot;</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
+the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
+the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith
+in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a
+way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
+to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>"For Christ
+did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</emphasis>?
+</para>
+</section>
+</section>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
+<title>Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng</title>
+<para>
+At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but
+<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask,
+<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</para>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Eksempel 3A</title><para> <quote>3 days &amp; 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
+with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
+could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
+on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+explain the apparent contradiction.</para>
+<para>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
+as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
+of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+us out of trouble.</para>
+</section>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Eksempel 3B</title><para>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+covenant.</para>
+</section>
+</section>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</title>
+<para>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</para>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Eksempel 4A</title>
+<para><quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23.</para>
+<para>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</para>
+<para>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do
+what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
+I am generous [lit. "good"]?</emphasis>" We find that having an "evil eye"
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</para>
+</section>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Eksempel 4B</title>
+<para>Es.59:1 <quote>Herrens arm er ikke for kort...</quote></para>
+<para>5. Mos.33:27 <quote>han bærer dig på stærke arme...</quote></para>
+<para>
+References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
+giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
+<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
+shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of
+interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
+is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.
+</para>
+</section>
+</section>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
+parable and an allegory</title>
+<para>En allegori er: <emphasis>En historie hvor hvert element har en
+betydning.</emphasis></para>
+<para>Alle lignelser er en allegori, sandt eller falsk?</para>
+
+<para>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
+allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</para>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Eksempel 5A</title>
+<para>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
+illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
+what do we have?</para>
+<para>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect
+the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</para></section>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Eksempel 5B</title>
+<para>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory? </para>
+<para>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </para>
+</section>
+
+</section>
+</chapter>
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/da/docbook/index.docbook
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..227fc27
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/da/docbook/index.docbook
@@ -0,0 +1,77 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [
+ <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'>
+ <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;">
+ <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE">
+ <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook">
+ <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook">
+ <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook">
+]>
+
+<book>
+
+<bookinfo>
+ <title>Guiden til Bibelstudie</title>
+
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Bob</firstname>
+ <surname>Harman</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname></firstname>
+ <surname>The BibleTime team</surname>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+
+
+ <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
+<copyright>
+ <year>2001-2009</year>
+ <holder>&bibletime; teamet (info@bibletime.info)</holder>
+ </copyright>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ Dette dokument var oprindeligt lavet af Hr. Bob Harman og er licenseret
+under vilkårene af denne licens <link
+url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/"> "Creative Commons
+Attribution-Share Alike"</link>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Skriftsteder er fra Bibelselskabets Autoriserede Bibel fra 1992, med mindre
+andet er indikeret.
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+
+ <abstract>
+ <title>Abstrakt</title>
+
+ <para>
+ <application>Biblestudie vejledningen</application> er en guide til at
+studere Bibelen.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Det er &bibletime; holdets håb, at denne vejledning vil provokere læserne
+til at studere skrifterne for at se hvad de siger. Denne studieguide er
+blevet valgt, fordi den ikke prøver at fremhæve nogen bestemt kirkeretnings
+doktrin. vi anbefaler dig at læse og studere skriften for at forstå hvad den
+siger. Hvis du starter med den indstilling at du vil have Herren til at så
+hans ord i dit hjerte, så vil han ikke skuffe dig.
+ </para>
+ </abstract>
+
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>Bible</keyword>
+ <keyword>Study</keyword>
+ <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+
+</bookinfo>
+
+&howto-chap1;
+&howto-chap2;
+&howto-chap3;
+
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-approaches.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..0396f59
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-approaches.html
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tilgange til Guds Ord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typer af bibelstudie"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tilgange til Guds Ord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tilgange til Guds Ord"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Tilgange til Guds Ord</h2></div></div></div><p>At lytte og lse giver et teleskopisk syn p skriften, mens studie og
+udenadslre giver et mikroskopisk syn p skriften. Meditation bringer
+lytning, lsning, studie og udenadslre sammen og stber ordet fast i vore
+sind.</p><div class="sect2" title="Hr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Hr</h3></div></div></div><p>Luk.11:28 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">Salige er de, som hrer Guds ord og bevarer det!</span>&#8221;</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Ls"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Ls</h3></div></div></div><p>b.1:3 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote"> Salig er den, som lser op, og de, som hrer profetiens ord
+[...]</span>&#8221;</span></p><p>1. Tim.4:13 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote"> Indtil jeg kommer, skal du tage vare p skriftlsningen
+[...]</span>&#8221;</span>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Studr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Studr</h3></div></div></div><p>ApG. 17:11 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">Disse jder var mere imdekommende end jderne i
+Thessalonika, de modtog ordet med megen velvilje og granskede dagligt
+Skrifterne for at se, om det forholdt sig sdan.</span>&#8221;</span>
+</p><p>2. Tim.2:15 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">Strb efter at st din prve for Gud som en arbejder, der
+ikke behver at skamme sig, men som gr lige p med sandhedens ord.</span>&#8221;</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Lr uden ad"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Lr uden ad</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl.119:11 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">Jeg gemmer dit ord i mit hjerte,for ikke at synde mod
+dig.</span>&#8221;</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditr"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditr</h3></div></div></div><p>Sl.1:2-3 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">men har sin glde ved Herrens lovog grunder p hans lov dag
+og nat. Han er som et tr,der er plantet ved bkken; det brer frugt til
+rette tid,og dets blade visner ikke. Alt, hvad han gr, lykkes for
+ham.</span>&#8221;</span>
+</p><p>The Navigators illustrerer dette ved at sige, at tommelfingeren kan rre
+alle de andre fingre. Vi kan meditere p Ordet imens vi gr enhver af de
+frste fire. Meditation er en ngle til benbaring. En ny kristen har brug
+for at hre og lse ordet mere end at studere og memorere det. Det er for at
+de bliver mere bekendte med Bibelens samlede budskab.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Typer af bibelstudie</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-expository.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..662fab9
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-expository.html
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Et forklarende studie af Matthus 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Det grundlggende for korrekt fortolkning"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Et forklarende studie af Matthus 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Et forklarende studie af Matthus 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Et forklarende studie af Matthus 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the
+key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it?
+Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if
+they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as
+Roman numeral One of your outline:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p> Pas p, at I ikke viser jeres retfrdighed for jnene af mennesker for at
+blive set af dem</p></li></ol></div><p>What does <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">practicing your righteousness</span>&#8221;</span> mean? Does the
+passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed?
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Our motives!</em></span> What sub-headings develop this thought?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Nr du giver</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nr du faster</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nr du beder</p></li></ol></div><p>Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong
+ways of practicing our righteousness:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Nr du giver
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">sound a trumpet</span>&#8221;</span>
+today?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>gr det i det skjulte.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>osv.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Det grundlggende for korrekt fortolkning</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2282127
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html
@@ -0,0 +1,5 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Det grundlggende for korrekt fortolkning</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Typer af bibelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Et forklarende studie af Matthus 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Det grundlggende for korrekt fortolkning</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Det grundlggende for korrekt fortolkning"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Det grundlggende for korrekt fortolkning</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Indhold"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Indhold</h3></div></div></div><p>Hvad er det den siger? Hvad er det den siger p det oprindelige sprog? Vr
+forsigtig med definitioner. Ls ikke ind i det den ikke siger.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Sammenhng"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Sammenhng</h3></div></div></div><p>Hvad siger versene omkring det? "Sammenhng er konge" er reglen --
+passagen m give mening i forhold til strukturen af hele passagen og bogen.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Krydsreference"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Krydsreference</h3></div></div></div><p>Hvad siger andre vers i resten af Bibelen om dette emne? Gud modsiger ikke
+sig selv, s vores fortolkning er ndt til at holde vand over for andre
+skriftsteder. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Typer af bibelstudie</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Et forklarende studie af Matthus 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-types.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..38b569d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-types.html
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Typer af bibelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Tilgange til Guds Ord"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Det grundlggende for korrekt fortolkning"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Typer af bibelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Typer af bibelstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Typer af bibelstudie</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Emne Studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Emne Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Vlg et bestemt emne og flg det ved at bruge krydsreferencer eller en
+bibelordbog.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Person Studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Person Studie</h3></div></div></div><p>At studere en bibelsk persons liv, f.eks. Josefs liv i 1. Mos.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Forklarende studie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Forklarende studie</h3></div></div></div><p>Studr er bestemt passage: afsnit, kapitel, eller bog.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tilgange til Guds Ord</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Det grundlggende for korrekt fortolkning</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..043dcdd
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Et forklarende studie af Matthus 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="At finde et bestemt vers"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>At finde et bestemt vers</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Vlg et ngleord eller det mest usdvanelige ord i verset.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Sl ordet op alfabetisk.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of listings until you find your verse.</p></li></ol></div><p>Find disse vers:
+</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">Faithful are the wounds of a friend</span>&#8221;</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">We are ambassadors of Christ.</span>&#8221;</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Historien om den rige mand og Lazarus.</p></li></ol></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" title="At lave et emnestudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>At lave et emnestudie </h3></div></div></div><p>Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word "redemption." First
+you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed
+for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for
+them, e.g. "redeem, redeemed, ransom," even "buy" or
+"bought." </p></div><div class="sect2" title="At Klargre Ords Betydninger p Grsk og Hebraisk"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>At Klargre Ords Betydninger p Grsk og Hebraisk</h3></div></div></div><p>What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">Judge
+not lest you be judged</span>&#8221;</span> and 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">He that is spiritual
+judgeth all things.</span>&#8221;</span> Maybe there are two different Greek words here,
+both being translated "judge" in English? (We're using Strong's
+from here out.) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Look up "judge".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919.
+This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now look up "judgeth".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so
+the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919
+with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="At Finde Betydningen af Navne"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>At Finde Betydningen af Navne</h3></div></div></div><p>Ved den samme process kan vi finde betydningen af et navn p grsk eller
+hebraisk.</p><p>Sl de flgende navne op og skriv deres betydning ned:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigajil</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josva</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Barnabas</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Et forklarende studie af Matthus 6:1-18</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e164d4d
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-basics.html
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bibel Lseplaner"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Tilgange til Guds Ord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Vores forml nr vi nrmer os Bibelen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Tilgange til Guds Ord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hr</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ls</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studr</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Lr uden ad</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditr</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typer af bibelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Emne Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Person Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Forklarende studie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Det grundlggende for korrekt fortolkning</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Indhold</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Sammenhng</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Krydsreference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Et forklarende studie af Matthus 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">At finde et bestemt vers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">At lave et emnestudie </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">At Klargre Ords Betydninger p Grsk og Hebraisk</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">At Finde Betydningen af Navne</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Vores forml nr vi nrmer os Bibelen"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Vores forml nr vi nrmer os Bibelen</h2></div></div></div><p>
+</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>I studerer og forsker i skrifterne, fordi I tror, at de giver jer evigt
+liv. Men skrifterne peger p mig, og alligevel kommer I ikke til mig for at
+f liv.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Joh.5:39-40 (Bibelen p hverdagsdansk)</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
+</p><p>Hovedformlet for bogen er at bringe os til Personen. Martin Luther sagde
+<span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">vi gr kun til vuggen for barnets skyld</span>&#8221;</span>; sdan er det ogs
+med bibelstudie, vi gr det ikke bare for at studere Bibelen, men for at
+have fllesskab med Gud.
+</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Jderne til hvem Jesus talte [...] forestilte sig at det at besidde Den
+hellige skrift var ensbetydende med at besidde liv. Hillel plejede at sige,
+"han som har tilegnet sig ord fra Toraen, har anskaffet sig det
+kommende liv." Deres studie var en ende i sig selv. I det var de blevet
+bitterligt bedraget. [...]</p><p>Der er hverken fortjeneste eller gavn af at lse Skriften for dens egen
+skyld, men kun hvis den effektivt introducerer os til Jesus Kristus. Hver
+gang Bibelen bliver lst, s er der brug for en ivrig forventning til at vi
+m mde Kristus.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Supplement: Bibel Lseplaner</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Tilgange til Guds Ord</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-breathed.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f4c5587
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-breathed.html
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En bog Gud ndede</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="En Bog der Virker"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En bog Gud ndede</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En bog Gud ndede"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>En bog Gud ndede</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>For the word of God is living and
+active... </em></span>" Jesus said <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>
+"<span class="emphasis"><em>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every
+word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</em></span>"
+As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a
+continually-fresh way.
+</p><p>2 Tim.3:16 declares, "<span class="emphasis"><em>All scripture is inspired by God [lit.,
+God-breathed].</em></span>" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider
+Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them
+all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God
+said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as
+an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well
+did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went
+on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 &amp; Is.29:13).
+It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their
+conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as
+true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1)
+as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2
+Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality
+of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word
+of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed
+to detract from the other. ...
+</p><p>
+This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's
+witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief
+reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that
+Jesus Christ Himself taught it. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist</em></span>,
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2. Tim.3.16-17 fortstter, "<span class="emphasis"><em>og nyttigt til undervisning, til
+bevis, til vejledning og til opdragelse i retfrdighed, s at det menneske,
+som hrer Gud til, kan blive fuldvoksent, udrustet til al god
+gerning.</em></span>" Hvis vi accepterer at Bibelen virkelig er Gud der
+snakker til os, s flger det at den vil vre vores autoritet i alle
+anliggender af tro og handling. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">En Bog der Virker</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f7d30d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Formaninger</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="En Bog som Bekriger"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Tillg: "En gang for alle"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Formaninger</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Formaninger"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Formaninger</h2></div></div></div><p>
+2 Tim.2:15 (Hverdagsdansk) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Gr dit bedste, s du kan st frem for
+Gud som en prvet mand og en god arbejder, der ikke behver at skamme sig
+over sin livsgerning, og som rligt og samvittighedsfuldt har forkyndt
+sandheden.</em></span>"
+</p><p>
+Col.3:16 (Hverdagsdansk) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Lad Kristi budskab f lov til rigtigt at
+udfolde sig iblandt jer. Det er jo kun hans ord, der kan berige jeres liv
+med sand visdom, s I kan undervise og vejlede hinanden. Syng af hele jeres
+hjerte til Guds re - salmer, hymner og ndelige sange. </em></span>"
+</p><p>Hvis du er rig p noget, hvor meget har du s af det? </p><p>
+Ikke kun en smule!</p><p>
+Prd.12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em> De vises ord er som pigge, og som sm er de sat i
+ttte rkker, de er formet af n hyrde. Men ud over det: Min sn, lad dig
+advare! Der er ingen ende p de mange bger, der skrives, og den megen
+lsning bliver man trt af.</em></span>"
+</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En Bog som Bekriger</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Tillg: "En gang for alle"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-liberates.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8597e54
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-liberates.html
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En bog som befrier</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="En Bog der Virker"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="En Bog som Bekriger"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En bog som befrier</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En bog som befrier"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>En bog som befrier</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Joh.8.32"<span class="emphasis"><em>og I skal lre sandheden at kende, og sandheden skal gre
+jer frie.</em></span>" Dette er som regel citeret for sig selv. Er det et
+betinget eller et ubetinget lfte? Glder det for alle typer af kundskab?
+Find svarene ved at undersge frste halvdel af stningen i v.31.
+"<span class="emphasis"><em>Hvis I bliver i mit ord, er I sandelig mine
+disciple... </em></span>" </p><p>Vi ser at dette er et betinget lfte, specifikt angende sandheden af Guds
+ord.</p><p>The Greek word for "wind" used in Eph.4:14 means a <span class="emphasis"><em>violent
+wind.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>As a result, we are no longer to be children,
+tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of
+doctrine...</em></span>"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to ground
+us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily "blown away."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>But Jesus answered and said to them, </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>You are
+mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power of
+God.</em></span>"Mt.22:29</p><p>Hvilke 2 ting har vi brug for at kende, for at holde os fra fejl?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Guds ord</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Guds kraft </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En Bog der Virker</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">En Bog som Bekriger</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-once.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2a03856
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-once.html
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tillg: "En gang for alle"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Formaninger"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Supplement: Bibel Lseplaner"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tillg: "En gang for alle"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Tillg: "En gang for alle"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Tillg: "En gang for alle"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed
+by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> and
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>. It is usually translated in the
+Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done
+as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in
+the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith
+which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says,
+"<span class="emphasis"><em>Christ also died for sins once for all</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, see
+also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p>
+Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered
+once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian
+redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to
+either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on
+which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the
+addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition
+of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+scriptura</em></span> for our authority and <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">sola
+gratia</em></span> for our salvation.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R. W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist,</em></span>
+InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Formaninger</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Supplement: Bibel Lseplaner</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-supplement.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea715d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-supplement.html
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Supplement: Bibel Lseplaner</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Tillg: "En gang for alle"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Supplement: Bibel Lseplaner</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Supplement: Bibel Lseplaner"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Supplement: Bibel Lseplaner</h2></div></div></div><p> Her er nogle nemme programmer til systematisk at lse din Bibel. Du kan
+bruge mere end en p samme tid, hvis du har lyst. For eksempel #1 med #4,
+eller #2 men #5. Varir programmer fra r til r for at holde det friskt!
+</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Det Nye Testamente p et r: ls et kapitel hver dag, 5 dage om ugen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ordsprogene p en Mned: ls et kapitel af Ordsprogene hver dag, tilsvarende
+til dagen p mneden.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmerne p en Mned: ls 5 salmer med et interval p 30, hver dag, for
+eksempel p den 20. lser du Sl. 20, 50, 80, &amp; 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmerne &amp; Ordsprogene p 6 mneder: ls gennem Salmerne og Ordsprogene
+et kapitel om dagen.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Det Gamle Testamente uden Salmerne &amp; Ordsprogene p 2 r: hvis du lser
+et kapitel om dagen i det Gamle Testamente, hvor du springer Salmerne &amp;
+Ordsprogene over, s kommer du igennem det Gamle Testamente p 2 r og 2
+uger.
+</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tillg: "En gang for alle"</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Kapitel 2. Bible Study Basics</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-wars.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3bee921
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-wars.html
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En Bog som Bekriger</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="En bog som befrier"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Formaninger"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En Bog som Bekriger</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En Bog som Bekriger"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>En Bog som Bekriger</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Ef.6:10-18 er et billede p vores ndelige udrustning.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.3. ndelig Rustning</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="ndelig Rustning" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Sprgsml</th><th>Svar</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Hvor mange af de vben der er opremset her er defensive vben?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Hvor mange er offensive?</td><td>Et</td></tr><tr><td>Hvile(t)? </td><td>ordet - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En bog som befrier</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Formaninger</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-works.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2fc01ff
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance-works.html
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>En Bog der Virker</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En bog Gud ndede"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="En bog som befrier"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">En Bog der Virker</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="En Bog der Virker"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>En Bog der Virker</h2></div></div></div><p>
+What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible
+"<span class="emphasis"><em>performs its work in you who believe.</em></span>" Beside each
+scripture, write down the work the Word performs.
+</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.2. Hvad gr bibelsstudie for kristne?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Hvad gr bibelsstudie for kristne?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Reference</th><th>Handling</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Ef. 5:26
+</td><td>renser -- "...for at hellige den ved at rense den i badet med vand ved
+ordet,"
+</td></tr><tr><td>
+ApG 20:32
+</td><td>
+opbygger -- " ...hans ndes ord, som formr at opbygge og at give arven til
+alle dem, der er helliget. "
+</td></tr><tr><td>
+Rom. 15:4
+</td><td>
+trster -- "s vi med udholdenhed og med den trst, som Skrifterne giver os,
+kan fastholde hbet.
+</td></tr><tr><td>
+Rom. 10:17
+</td><td>
+giver tro -- "Troen kommer alts af det, der hres, og det, der hres,
+kommer i kraft af Kristi ord."
+</td></tr><tr><td>
+1. Kor. 10:11
+</td><td>
+vejleder -- "Alt dette skete med dem, for at de skulle vre advarende
+eksempler, og det blev skrevet for at vejlede os"
+</td></tr><tr><td>
+Matt. 4:4
+</td><td>
+nring -- "Men han svarede: Der str skrevet: &#8250;Mennesket skal ikke leve af
+brd alene, men af hvert ord, der udgr af Guds mund.&#8249;"
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">En bog Gud ndede</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">En bog som befrier</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..7b9012a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-importance.html
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="En bog Gud ndede"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">En Bog der er Unik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En bog Gud ndede</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">En Bog der Virker</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">En bog som befrier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">En Bog som Bekriger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Formaninger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Tillg: "En gang for alle"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bibel Lseplaner</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>At forst Guds ord er meget vigtigt for alle som pkalder Guds navn. Studie
+af Bibelen er en af de primre mder hvorp vi lrer at kommunikere med Gud.</p><div class="sect1" title="En Bog der er Unik"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>En Bog der er Unik</h2></div></div></div><p>Bibelen er overlegen p mange punkter. Den er unik med hensyn til:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>
+popularitet. Bibel salget i Nord Amerika: mere end 5000 millioner dollars om
+ret. Bibelen er bde den meste solgte bog til alle tider og fra r til r!
+</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
+forfatterskab. Den blev skrevet over over en periode p 1600 r af 40
+forskellige forfattere fra forskellige baggrunde, alligevel lses den som
+den var skrevet af en.
+</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
+velbevarethed. I <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?</em></span>
+sammenligner F. F. Bruce Det Nye Testamente med andre old-tekster:
+</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabel 1.1. Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske
+tekster.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske
+tekster." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Vrk</th><th>Blev skrevet</th><th>Frste Kopi</th><th>Tidsforlb</th><th>Antal Kopier</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herodotus</td><td>448-428 f.kr.</td><td>900 e.kr.</td><td>1300 r</td><td>8
+</td></tr><tr><td>Tacitus</td><td>100 e.kr.</td><td>110 e.kr.</td><td>1000 r</td><td>20
+</td></tr><tr><td>Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Galliske Krig</em></span></td><td>80-58 f.kr.</td><td>900 e.kr.</td><td>950 r</td><td>10
+</td></tr><tr><td>Livy's <span class="emphasis"><em>Roms historie</em></span></td><td>59 f.kr. - 17 e.kr.</td><td>900 e.kr.</td><td>900 r</td><td>20
+</td></tr><tr><td>Det nye testamente</td><td>40 e.kr. - 100 e.kr.</td><td>130 e.kr. Delvise manuskripter 350 e.kr. Hele manuskripter</td><td>30 - 310 r</td><td>5000 Grske &amp; 10,000 p Latin
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Ten copies of Caesar's <span class="emphasis"><em>Gallic War</em></span> exist, the earliest
+of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the
+New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri
+containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's
+gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each
+other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"I gthed og helhed af beviserne hvorp det hviler, s er teksterne i det
+Nye testamente absolutte og urrlige, alene med hensyn til andre
+oldhistoriske prosa." </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, "The New Testament in the Original Greek",
+vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citeret i <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life</em></span>
+p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Guiden til Bibelstudie</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">En bog Gud ndede</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-context.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f5159b7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-context.html
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhng</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhng"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhng</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhng"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhng</h2></div></div></div><p>Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on
+each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your
+interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context
+supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key.
+If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text
+within its context, we have to look further.</p><div class="section" title="Eksempel 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Eksempel 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"born of water and the
+Spirit."</em></span> In context, what is the water under discussion here?</p><p>Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from
+the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden
+change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been
+derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, "born of water" = natural birth.</p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Eksempel 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Cor.14:34 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">Let the women keep silent in the churches</span>&#8221;</span> has to
+be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">every woman [...]
+while praying or prophesying [...]</span>&#8221;</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Eksempel 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Acts 2:38 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">And Peter said to them, "Repent, and let each of you
+be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins
+[...]"</span>&#8221;</span>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was
+the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in
+the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith
+in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a
+way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway
+to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"For Christ
+did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel"</em></span>?
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhng</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f59ac95
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhng</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhng"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhng</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhng"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhng</h2></div></div></div><p>
+At first we are not asking <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>&#8221;</span> but
+<span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">What did it mean to the original readers?</span>&#8221;</span>; later we can ask,
+<span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">What does it mean to me?</span>&#8221;</span>. We have to take into account the
+historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients.</p><div class="section" title="Eksempel 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Eksempel 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">3 days &amp; 3 nights</span>&#8221;</span> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up
+with a "Wednesday crucifixion theory," esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How
+could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet "be raised
+on the third day" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of "three" or "days" won't help
+explain the apparent contradiction.</p><p>We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day,
+as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets
+of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only
+partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full
+day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6
+p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to
+Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps
+us out of trouble.</p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Eksempel 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then
+walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in
+Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that
+dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of
+the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral
+covenant.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhng</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-normal.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..39fe00a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-normal.html
@@ -0,0 +1,22 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhng"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</h2></div></div></div><p>Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And
+watch out for idioms, which have special meanings.</p><div class="section" title="Eksempel 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Eksempel 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">evil eye</span>&#8221;</span> in Mt.6:23.</p><p>Rule 1, definition of "evil" and "eye" - no help here. Rule 2, context:
+seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before
+and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!</p><p>What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">evil eye</span>&#8221;</span>. Let's look up
+other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Is it not lawful for me to do
+what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit."evil"] because
+I am generous [lit. "good"]?</em></span>" We find that having an "evil eye"
+is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to Mt.6 and
+notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context.</p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Eksempel 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Es.59:1 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">Herrens arm er ikke for kort...</span>&#8221;</span></p><p>5. Mos.33:27 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">han brer dig p strke arme...</span>&#8221;</span></p><p>
+References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that
+God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they
+go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was
+giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults</em></span>) with an enumeration of verses
+like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture:
+Ps.91:4 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings
+shalt thou trust</span>&#8221;</span>. W.M. said, <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">By the same rules of
+interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He
+is a bird</span>&#8221;</span>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the
+ridiculousness of their position.
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhng</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
+parable and an allegory</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-parables.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f3eb52c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules-parables.html
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
+parable and an allegory</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th><td width="20%" align="right"></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a parable and an allegory"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
+parable and an allegory</h2></div></div></div><p>En allegori er: <span class="emphasis"><em>En historie hvor hvert element har en
+betydning.</em></span></p><p>Alle lignelser er en allegori, sandt eller falsk?</p><p>Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an
+allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed,
+etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate
+one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be
+twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear
+scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine.</p><div class="section" title="Eksempel 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Eksempel 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story
+illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory,
+what do we have?</p><p>All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect
+the rights of widows, prayer "bothers" Him, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Eksempel 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of
+the parable? Is it an allegory? </p><p>The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he
+had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended
+for his unethical behavior in cheating his master. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">op</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"></td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..5a0ae2c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/da/html/h2-rules.html
@@ -0,0 +1,68 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhng"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">forrige</a></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Kapitel 3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den njagtige betydning af ordene.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Eksempel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Eksempel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Eksempel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Eksempel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Eksempel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Eksempel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Eksempel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Eksempel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Eksempel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
+parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Eksempel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Eksempel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>We already learned about the "3 Cs": content, context, cross-reference. We
+want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, whose
+goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and
+Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one
+interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no
+scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">Knowing
+this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private
+interpretation.</span>&#8221;</span>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the
+correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on
+themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">...in which are some
+things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they
+do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</span>&#8221;</span></p><p>How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say
+your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not
+clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:</p><div class="section" title="Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den njagtige betydning af ordene."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den njagtige betydning af ordene.</h2></div></div></div><p>Des mere prcise vi kan vre med den njagtige, originale betydning af
+ordene, des bedre vil vores fortolkning vre. Prv at finde den njagtige
+betydning af ngleordene ved at flge disse trin:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definition"><b>Definition.</b>Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb
+tense is also crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Krydsreference"><b>Krydsreference.</b>Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word
+(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light
+on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other
+authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical
+documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why
+isn't the English word good enough? <span class="emphasis"><em>Because more than one greek
+word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may
+have different shades of meaning.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Eksempel 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Touch me not"</em></span> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't it?
+Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that He
+is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it up
+in Spiros Zodhiates' <span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New
+Testament</em></span> (AMG Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word "Touch" we see "pim680."
+The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the number refers to
+Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the definition (p. 879).
+"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to such handling of an
+object as to exert a modifying influence upon it... Distinguished from
+pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to touch the surface of
+something. " Now look up "pim." The grammar codes in Zodhiates come right
+after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "present imperative
+active (80)". On p.857, "Present Imperative. In the active voice, it may
+indicate a command to do something in the future which involves continuous
+or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to stop doing
+something. " This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing something
+that is already occuring. So, what have we found?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Eksempel 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Eksempel 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>In James 5:14, <span class="emphasis"><em>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is
+sick</em></span>. What is this anointing?</p><p>Definition of aleipho (218) - "to oil" (Strong's); but we also have another
+Greek word translated "anoint", chrio (5548) - "to smear or rub with oil,
+i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service" (Strong's). Since
+it's a verb, consider the tense also, "apta" aorist participle active. "The
+aorist participle expresses simple action, as opposed to continuous
+action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is temporal, it usually
+signifies action prior to that of the main verb." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Kryds-referencer af aleipho:
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Matt.6:17 Men nr du faster, s salv dit hoved</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mark.16.1 kbte [kvinderne] vellugtende salver for at g ud og salve ham.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mark.6:13 Og de salvede mange syge med olie og helbredte dem.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Luk.7:38 [...] hun kyssede hans fdder og salvede dem med olien. </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Joh.12:3 Maria [...] salvede Jesu fdder og trrede dem med sit hr</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Kryds-referencer af chrio:
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Luk.4:18 (Skandinavia) <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">Herrens nd er over mig. Han har salvet mig
+til at prdike [...]</span>&#8221;</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ap.G. 4.27 Jesus, som du har salvet </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ApG. 10:38 Gud salvede Jesus fra Nazaret med Hellignd og kraft</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2. Kor.1.21 Og den...som salvede os, er Gud</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the
+cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference:
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" is a practical use of oil and
+"chrio" is a spiritual</em></span></p><p>As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of
+oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by
+robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in
+Jesus' day.
+</p><p>Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14
+<span class="emphasis"><em>"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the church;
+and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of the
+Lord."</em></span> Is "anointing" spiritual or practical? Practical!</p><p>
+And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated
+"having anointed," so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer ("in
+the name of the Lord"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James 5 is
+saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray for him
+in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance of
+practical and spiritual in our God!
+</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">forrige</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">hjem</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhng</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/da/html/index.html b/docs/howto/da/html/index.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c04aa71
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/da/html/index.html
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Guiden til Bibelstudie</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="Abstrakt Biblestudie vejledningen er en guide til at studere Bibelen. Det er BibleTime holdets hb, at denne vejledning vil provokere lserne til at studere skrifterne for at se hvad de siger. Denne studieguide er blevet valgt, fordi den ikke prver at fremhve nogen bestemt kirkeretnings doktrin. vi anbefaler dig at lse og studere skriften for at forst hvad den siger. Hvis du starter med den indstilling at du vil have Herren til at s hans ord i dit hjerte, s vil han ikke skuffe dig."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Guiden til Bibelstudie</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">nste</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="Guiden til Bibelstudie"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>Guiden til Bibelstudie</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Ophavsret 2001-2009 <span class="application">BibleTime</span> teamet (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Retslig note"><a name="id14837304"></a><p>
+ Dette dokument var oprindeligt lavet af Hr. Bob Harman og er licenseret
+under vilkrene af denne licens "Creative Commons
+Attribution-Share Alike".
+ </p><p>
+ Skriftsteder er fra Bibelselskabets Autoriserede Bibel fra 1992, med mindre
+andet er indikeret.
+ </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Abstrakt"><p class="title"><b>Abstrakt</b></p><p>
+ <span class="application">Biblestudie vejledningen</span> er en guide til at
+studere Bibelen.
+ </p><p>
+ Det er <span class="application">BibleTime</span> holdets hb, at denne vejledning vil provokere lserne
+til at studere skrifterne for at se hvad de siger. Denne studieguide er
+blevet valgt, fordi den ikke prver at fremhve nogen bestemt kirkeretnings
+doktrin. vi anbefaler dig at lse og studere skriften for at forst hvad den
+siger. Hvis du starter med den indstilling at du vil have Herren til at s
+hans ord i dit hjerte, s vil han ikke skuffe dig.
+ </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Indholdsfortegnelse</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">En Bog der er Unik</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">En bog Gud ndede</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">En Bog der Virker</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">En bog som befrier</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">En Bog som Bekriger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Formaninger</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Tillg: "En gang for alle"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Supplement: Bibel Lseplaner</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Bible Study Basics</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Vores forml nr vi nrmer os Bibelen</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Tilgange til Guds Ord</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Hr</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Ls</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Studr</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Lr uden ad</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditr</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Typer af bibelstudie</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Emne Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Person Studie</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Forklarende studie</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Det grundlggende for korrekt fortolkning</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Indhold</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Sammenhng</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Krydsreference</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Et forklarende studie af Matthus 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">At finde et bestemt vers</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">At lave et emnestudie </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">At Klargre Ords Betydninger p Grsk og Hebraisk</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">At Finde Betydningen af Navne</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den njagtige betydning af ordene.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Eksempel 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Eksempel 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Eksempel 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Eksempel 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Eksempel 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhng</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Eksempel 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Eksempel 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Eksempel 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Eksempel 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a
+parable and an allegory</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Eksempel 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Eksempel 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Tabelliste</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske
+tekster.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Hvad gr bibelsstudie for kristne?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">ndelig Rustning</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"></td><td width="20%" align="center"></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">nste</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"></td><td width="20%" align="center"></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Kapitel 1. Vigtigheden af Guds Ord</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-basics.docbook b/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-basics.docbook
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..42b8b89
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-basics.docbook
@@ -0,0 +1,215 @@
+<chapter id="h2-basics"><title>Estudio Bíblico básico</title>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-basics-purpose">
+<title>Nuestro porpósito es nos Acercamos a la Biblia</title>
+<para>
+<blockquote><attribution>Juan 5:39-40</attribution> <para>Escudriñad las Escrituras, porque á vosotros os parece que en ellas tenéis
+la vida eterna; y ellas son las que dan testimonio de mí. Y no queréis venir
+á mí, para que tengáis vida.</para>
+</blockquote>
+</para>
+
+<para>El propósito principal del libro es para llevarnos a la Persona. Martin
+Luther dijo <quote>vamos a la cuna sólo por el bien del bebé</quote>; sólo
+para que en el estudio de la Biblia, no lo hacemos por el bien de Dios, sino
+para tener comunión con Él.
+</para>
+
+<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el
+Polemico)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</attribution>
+<para>Los Judios a quian Jesús habló [...] imaginado que para poseer las
+Escrituras equivaldría a poseer la vida. Hillel solía decir: &quot;El que se
+ha hecho a sí mismo las palabras de la Torah ha conseguido para sí la vida
+del mundo venidero.&quot; Su estudio es un fin en sí mismo. En esto fueron
+gravemente engañados. [...]</para>
+<para>No hay ni mérito ni a la ganancia en la lectura de las Escrituras para
+nuestro propio beneficio, solamente si efectivamente nos presenta a Cristo
+Jesús. Siempre que la Biblia se lee, lo que se necesita es una expectativa
+ansiosa de que a través de ella podemos encontrar a Cristo.</para>
+</blockquote>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-basics-approaches"><title>Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</title>
+<para>Escuchando y leyendo proporcionan una visión telescópica de la Escritura
+mientras que el estudio y la memorización de la Escritura proporcionar una
+visión microscópica. Meditando en las escrituras trae entendimiento,
+leyendo, estudiando y memorizando en conjunto, cimienta la palabra en
+nuestras mentes.</para>
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-hear"><title>Oír</title>
+<para>Lucas 11:28 <quote>bienaventurados los que oyen la palabra de Dios, y la
+guardan.</quote></para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-read"><title>Leer</title>
+<para>Apocalipsis 1:3 <quote>Bienaventurado el que lee, y los que oyen las
+palabras de esta profecía [...]</quote></para>
+<para>1 Timoteo 4:13 <quote>presta atención a la lectura pública de la
+Escritura[...]</quote>
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-study"><title>Estudio</title>
+<para>Hechos 17:11 <quote>Ahora éstos eran de mantalidad más noble que los que
+estaban en Tesalónica, pues recibieron la palabra con gran entusiasmo,
+examinando las Escrituras diariamente, para ver si estas cosas eran
+así.</quote>
+</para>
+<para>2 Timoteo 2:15 <quote>Se diligente [RV `Estudia'] para presentarte aprobado
+para Dios como un obrero que no tiene de qué avergonzarse, que maneja con
+precisión la palabra de verdad.</quote></para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"><title>Memorizar</title>
+<para>Salmos 119:11 <quote>En mi corazón atesoro tus dichos, para no pecar contra
+ti.</quote></para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"><title>Meditar</title>
+<para>Salmos 1:2-3 <quote>pero su delicia está en la ley del Señor, y en su ley
+medita de día y de noche. Y será como un árbol firmemente plantado junto a
+corrientes de agua, que da su fruto en su tiempo, y su hoja no cae; Y en
+todo lo que hace, prospera.</quote>
+</para>
+
+<para>Los Navegantes ilustran esto diciendo que, así como el dedo pulgar puede
+tocar todos los dedos, podemos meditar en la Palabra en cualquiera de los
+primeros cuatro.La meditación es una clave para la revelación. Un nuevo
+cristiano necesita oír y leer la Biblia más de lo que necesita para estudiar
+y memorizar. Esto es para que se familiaricen con el mensaje general de la
+Biblia.</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-basics-types"><title>Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos</title>
+<sect2 id="basics-types-topical"><title>Estudio Temático</title>
+<para>Elige un tema determinado y seguirlo a través del uso de referencias
+cruzadas o una concordancia.</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-types-character"><title>Estudio de Personajes</title>
+<para>Estudiando la vida de un personaje de la Biblia, por ejemplo, La vida de
+José en Gen.37-50.</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="basics-types-expository"><title>Estudio Expositivo</title>
+<para>El estudio de un pasaje: párrafo, capítulo o libro.</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-basics-interpretation"><title>Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta</title>
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-content"><title>Contenido</title>
+<para>¿Qué dice? ¿Qué dice en el idioma original? Tenga cuidado con las
+definiciones. No lea en lo que no dice.</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-context"><title>Contexto</title>
+<para>¿Qué dicen los versos a su alrededor? &quot;El contexto es el rey&quot; es
+la regla -- el texto debe tener sentido dentro de la estructura de todo el
+pasaje y del libro.</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"><title>Referencias Cruzadas</title>
+<para>¿Qué dicen otros versículos sobre este mismo tema en el resto de la Biblia?
+Dios no se contradice a sí mismo, por lo que nuestra interpretación tiene
+que superar la prueba de otras escrituras.</para>
+</sect2>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-basics-expository"><title>Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</title>
+<para>Vamos a estudiar juntos Mateo 6:1-18. Lea para si mismo, primero busque el
+versículo clave, el verso que resume todo el pasaje. ¿Cree que tiene?
+Pruébelo seleccionando diferentes lugares en el pasaje y pregúntese si se
+refieren a la idea del versículo clave. Una vez que lo encuentre, escriba un
+número romano Uno en su esquema: </para>
+
+<orderedlist numeration="upperroman">
+ <listitem><para>Guardaos de practicar piedad delante de los hombres para hacerse notar</para></listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+
+<para>¿Qué quiere decir <quote>practicar piedad</quote>? ¿Tiene el pasaje algunos
+ejemplos? ¿Qué área de nuestra vida se está abordando? <emphasis>Nuestros
+motivos!</emphasis> ¿Qué sub-títulos desarrolla este pensamiento?</para>
+
+<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem><para>Cuando Ud. da</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Cuando Ud. ayuna</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Cuando Ud. ora</para></listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+
+<para>Ahora complete el esquema con instrucciones específicas de cómo evitar
+caminos equivocados para practicar peidad.</para>
+
+<orderedlist numeration="upperalpha">
+ <listitem><para>Cuando Ud. da
+ <orderedlist numeration="loweralpha">
+ <listitem><para>no hagas sonar trometa. (¿cómo podría alguien <quote>tocar trompeta</quote>
+hoy en día?)</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>hazlo secretamente.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>etc.</para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+ </listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-basics-worksheet"><title>Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia</title>
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-select"><title>Para encontrar un versículo particular.</title>
+<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem><para>Escoja una palabra clave o la palabra más inusual del verso.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Diríjase a esta palabra por orden alfabético</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Recorra la lista hacia abajo hasta que encuentre su verso.</para></listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+
+<para>Encontrar estos versos:
+<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem><para><quote>Fieles son las heridas del amigo</quote></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para><quote>somos embajadores de Cristo</quote></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>La historia del hombre rico y Lazaro.</para></listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+</para>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-study"><title>Para hacer un Estudio Temático </title>
+<para>Digamos que usted quiere hacer un estudio de la palabra
+&quot;redención&quot;. Primero usted busque esa palabra en la concordancia y
+busque las referencias que figuran en élla. Entonces usted verá palabras
+relacionadas y listas de referencias para ellas, por ejemplo, &quot;redimir,
+rescatar, rescate,&quot; hasta &quot;comprar&quot; o &quot;compró&quot;. </para>
+</sect2>
+
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"><title>Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</title>
+<para>¿Qué pasa si notó una contradicción en la RV entre Mt.7:1 <quote>No juzguéis
+para que no seáis juzgados</quote> y 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>El que es espiritual
+juzga todas las cosas.</quote> ¿Tal vez haya dos palabras griegas diferentes
+aquí, y que ambas se traduzcan como &quot;juzgar&quot; en español? (Usaremos
+ambos de fuente desde aqui en adelante) </para>
+<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+ <listitem><para>Busque &quot;juez&quot;</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Diríjase a la columna de entrada de Mt.7:1. a la derecha verá el número
+2919. Ésta es la referencia a la palabra Griega usada. Anótela.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Ahora busque "juzga".</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Diríjase a la columna de 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Dírijase al diccionario Griego. (Recuerde, Usted está en el NT así que el
+lenguaje es Griego, mientras que el AT es Hebreo). Compare el significado de
+2919 con el significado de 350 y tendrá su respuesta! </para></listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+</sect2>
+
+<sect2 id="h2-basics-worksheet-names"><title>Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</title>
+<para>De igual forma, podemos encontrar el significado de un nombre en griego o
+hebreo.</para>
+<para>Busca estos nombres y escribe su significado:</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>Nabal</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Abigail</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Josué</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Bernabé</para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect2>
+
+</sect1>
+
+</chapter>
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-importance.docbook
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..d5d80d5
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-importance.docbook
@@ -0,0 +1,310 @@
+<chapter id="h2-importance"><title>Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</title>
+<para>La comprensión de la Palabra de Dios es de gran importancia para todos los
+que invocan el nombre de Dios. El estudio de la Biblia es una de las
+principales maneras en que aprendemos a comunicarnos con Dios.</para>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-importance-unique"><title>Un libro que es único</title>
+<para>La Biblia es única en muchos sentidos. Es única en:</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+popularidad. La Biblia vende en Norte America mas de $500 millones (USD) por
+año. La Biblia es ambos el todos los tiempos y año a año el más vendido.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+autoría. Fue escrito en un período de 1.600 años por 40 diferentes autores
+de diferentes orígenes, sin embargo, parece que hubiera sido escrita por
+uno.
+</para>
+</listitem>
+<listitem>
+<para>
+conservación. F. F. Bruce en <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?
+(¿Son los documentos del Nuevo Testamento confiables?)</emphasis> compara
+manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos:
+</para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+<table id="h2-importance-manuscripts-table">
+<title>Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos.</title>
+<tgroup cols="5">
+<thead>
+<row>
+<entry>Obra</entry>
+<entry>Cuando fué escrita</entry>
+<entry>Copia más antigua</entry>
+<entry>Tiempo transcurrido</entry><entry>Numero de Copias</entry>
+</row></thead>
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry>Heródoto</entry>
+<entry>448-428 AC</entry><entry>900 DC</entry>
+<entry>1300 años</entry><entry>8
+</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry>Tácito</entry>
+<entry>100 DC</entry><entry>1100 DC</entry>
+<entry>1000 años</entry><entry>20
+</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry><emphasis>Guerra de las Galias</emphasis> de César</entry>
+<entry>50-58 AC</entry><entry>900 DC</entry>
+<entry>950 años</entry><entry>10
+</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry><emphasis>Historia Romana</emphasis> de Livio</entry>
+<entry>59 AC - 17 DC</entry><entry>900 DC</entry>
+<entry>900 años</entry><entry>20
+</entry></row>
+<row>
+<entry>Nuevo Testamento</entry>
+<entry>40 DC - 100 DC</entry><entry>130 DC manuscritos parciales, 350 DC manuscritos completos</entry> <entry>30 - 310 años</entry><entry>5000 Griego y 10000 Latin
+</entry></row>
+</tbody></tgroup></table>
+<para>Existen Diez copias de <emphasis>Guerra de las Galias</emphasis> de César,
+siendo la copia más antigua 900 años después que César escribió el original,
+etc. Para el Nuevo Testamento nosotros tenemos manuscritos completos del 350
+DC, papiros contienen la mayor parte del Nuevo Testamento desde los 200 y un
+fragmento del Evangelio de Juan desde el 130 DC. ¿Cuántos manuscritos
+tenemos a comparar uno al otro? 5000 en Griego y 10000 en Latin! </para>
+<blockquote><attribution>Crítica textual F.J.A. Hort "The New Testament in the Original Greek" (El
+Nuevo Testamento en el Griego Original) vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., Citado
+en <emphasis>Questions of Life (Preguntas de Vida)</emphasis> p. 25-26</attribution><para>"En la veracidad y la plenitud de las evidencias en que se apoya, el texto
+del Nuevo Testamento está absolutamente inalcanzable por otros antiguos
+escritos en prosa". </para></blockquote>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-importance-breathed"><title>Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)</title>
+<para><emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>"<emphasis>Porque la palabra de Dios es viva y
+eficaz</emphasis>" Jesús dice <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis>
+"<emphasis>Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá el hombre, sino de toda
+palabra que sale [lit., está procediendo] de la boca de Dios.</emphasis>"
+Cuando leemos la Biblia, el Espíritu de Dios está ahí para hablar a nuestros
+corazones de una manera continuamente fresca.
+</para>
+<para>2 Tim. 3:16 declara, "<emphasis>Toda la escritura es inspirada por Dios
+[lit. aliento de Dios]</emphasis>" ¿Cree esto? antes de contestar,
+considere la actitud de Jesús hacia las Escrituras. </para>
+<blockquote><attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el
+Polemico)</emphasis>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </attribution><para>Se refirió a los autores humanos, pero daba por sentado que detrás de todos
+ellos era un único Autor divino. Podía igualmente decir 'Moises dijo' o
+'Dios dijo' (Marcos 7:10). Se podría citar un comentario del narrador en
+Génesis 2:24 como una expresión del Creador mismo (Mateo
+19:4-5). Similarmente dijo 'Bien profetizó de vosotros Isaías, como está
+escrito:' cuando lo que pasó a citar es la expresión directa del Señor Dios
+(Mk.7:6 &amp; Is.29:13). Es a partir del mismo Jesús que los autores del
+Nuevo Testamento han ganado su convicción de la doble autoría de la
+Escritura. Para ellos era tan cierto decir que 'Dios habló a nuestros padres
+por los profetas' (Heb.1:1) como lo fué decir 'hombres movidos por el
+Espiritu Santo hablan de parte de Dios' (2 Pe.1:21). Dios no habló de tal
+manera que anulara la personalidad de los autores humanos, ni los hombres
+hablaron de manera tal que sea corrompida la Palabra del Autor divino. Dios
+habla. El hombre habla. Ninguno a la verdad debe ir en menoscabo de la
+otra. ...
+</para>
+<para>
+Esto, entonces, era la opinión de Cristo de las Escrituras. Su declaración
+era la declaración de Dios. El testimonio de la Biblia es el testimonio de
+Dios. Y la razón principal por la que el cristiano cree en el origen divino
+de la Biblia es que Jesucristo mismo lo enseñó. </para></blockquote>
+
+<para>2 Tim.3:16 continúa, "<emphasis>y útil para enseñar, para redargüir, para
+corregir, para instruir en justicia, para que el hombre de Dios sea
+perfecto, enteramente preparado para toda buena obra.</emphasis>" Si
+aceptamos que la Biblia realmente es Dios hablandonos, se deduce que será
+nuestra autoridad en todos los asuntos de fe y conducta. </para>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-importance-works"><title>Un libro que Obra</title>
+<para>
+¿Qué hará el estudio de la Biblia por Usted? 1 Tesalonicenses 2:13 dice que
+la Biblia "<emphasis>obra también en vosotros que creísteis.</emphasis>" Al
+lado de cada escritura, escriba la labor que la Palabra realiza.
+</para>
+<table id="h2-importance-results-table">
+<title>¿Qué hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?</title>
+<tgroup cols="2">
+<thead>
+<row>
+<entry>Referencia</entry>
+<entry>Acción</entry>
+</row>
+</thead>
+<tbody>
+<row>
+<entry>Efesios 5:26
+</entry>
+<entry>limpia -- "...limpiándola en el lavamiento del agua por la palabra"
+</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>
+Hechos 20:32
+</entry>
+<entry>
+edificar -- "...y a la palabra de su gracia, la cual es poderosa para
+sobreedificar, y daros herencia con todos los santificados."
+</entry>
+</row>
+<row>
+<entry>
+Romanos 15:4
+</entry>
+<entry>
+alienta -- "...para que por la paciencia y consolación de las Escrituras,
+tengamos esperanza."
+</entry>
+</row>
+
+<row>
+<entry>
+Romanos 10:17
+</entry>
+<entry>
+da fe -- "Así que la fe viene por el oír, y el oír, por la palabra de Dios."
+</entry>
+</row>
+
+<row>
+<entry>
+1 Corintios 10:11
+</entry>
+<entry>
+instruye -- "Y todas estas cosas les acontecieron como ejemplo; y son
+escritas para amonestarnos a nosotros"
+</entry>
+</row>
+
+<row>
+<entry>
+Mateo 4:4
+</entry>
+<entry>
+alimenta -- "Mas Él respondiendo dijo: 'Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá
+el hombre, sino de toda palabra que sale de la boca de Dios.'"
+</entry>
+</row>
+</tbody>
+</tgroup>
+</table>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-importance-liberates"><title>Un libro que libera</title>
+<para>
+Juan 8:32 "<emphasis>y conoceréis la verdad, y la verdad os hará
+libres.</emphasis>" Esto es citado por sí mismo. ¿Es ésta una promesa
+condicional o incondicional? ¿Se aplicaría a todo tipo de conocimiento?
+Encuentra las respuestas mediante el examen de la primera mitad de la frase,
+en el verso 31. "<emphasis>Si vosotros permaneciereis en mi palabra, seréis
+verdaderamente mis discípulos;</emphasis>"</para>
+<para>Vemos que esta es un promesa condicional, específicamente hablando de la
+verdad de la Palabra de Dios.</para>
+
+<para>La palabra griega que significa "viento" utilizada en Efesios 4:14: un
+<emphasis>viento violento.</emphasis> "<emphasis>para que ya no seamos niños
+fluctuantes, llevados por doquiera de todo viento de doctrina...</emphasis>"
+Una cosa que el estudio de la Biblia hace por nosotros es aterrizarnos en la
+verdad, con el resultado que no será facil "soplarnos fuera."</para>
+
+<para><emphasis>Entonces respondiendo Jesús, les dijo:
+</emphasis>"<emphasis>Ustedes se equivocan [RV Erráis], no conociendo las
+Escrituras, ni el poder de Dios.</emphasis>" Mateo 22:29</para>
+<para>¿Qué 2 cosas necesitamos saber que nos mantienen en error?</para>
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>La palabra de Dios </para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>El poder de Dios </para></listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-importance-wars"><title>Un libro que guerrea</title>
+<para>
+Efesios 6:10-18 es una imagen de nuestro armamento espiritual.</para>
+<table id="h2-importance-armor-table">
+<title>Armadura Espiritual</title>
+<tgroup cols="2">
+<thead>
+<row>
+<entry>Pregunta</entry>
+<entry>Respuesta</entry>
+</row></thead>
+<tbody>
+<row><entry>¿Cuantas armas que figuran en la lista son armas defensivas?</entry><entry>5</entry></row>
+<row><entry>¿Cuantas con ofensivas?</entry><entry>Una</entry></row>
+<row><entry>¿Cúal una(s)? </entry><entry>la palabra - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase></entry></row>
+</tbody></tgroup></table>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-importance-exhortations"><title>Exhortaciones</title>
+<para>
+2 Tim.2:15 (RV) "<emphasis>Procura con diligencia presentarte a Dios
+aprobado, como obrero que no tiene de qué avergonzarse, que usa bien la
+palabra de verdad.</emphasis>"
+</para>
+<para>
+Col.3:16 "<emphasis>La palabra de Cristo more en abundancia en vosotros,
+enseñándoos y exhortándoos unos a otros en toda sabiduría; con salmos, e
+himnos, y cánticos espirituales, cantando con gracia en vuestros corazones
+al Señor.</emphasis>"
+</para>
+
+<para>Si usted es rico en algo, ¿cuánto tiene? </para>
+<para>
+¡No un poco!</para>
+
+<para>
+Eclesiastés 12:11-12 "<emphasis>Las palabras de los sabios son como
+aguijones. Como clavos bien puestos son sus colecciones de dichos, dados por
+un solo pastor. Además de ellas, hijo mío, ten presente que el hacer muchos
+libros es algo interminable y que el mucho leer causa fatiga.</emphasis>"
+</para> </sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-importance-once"><title>Apéndice: "Una vez para siempre"</title>
+<blockquote>
+<attribution>John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el
+Polemico)</emphasis> InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</attribution> <para>La verdad sobre el carácter definitivo de la iniciativa de Dios en Cristo es
+transmitido por una palabra en el Testamento Griego, nombrada por los
+adverbios <foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> y
+<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>.Por lo general se traduce en la
+Versión Autorizada 'una vez', lo que significa 'una vez para siempre'. Esto
+se usa está hecho a ser de validez permanente y no es necesario repetir, y
+se aplica en el NT tanto a la revelación y a la redención. Por lo tanto,
+Judas se refiere a la fe que ha sido una vez dada a los santos (Judas 1:3),
+y los Romanos, dice,"<emphasis>Cristo murió por los pecados una vez para
+siempre</emphasis>" (Rom.6:10, ver también 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </para> <para>
+Así, podemos decir que Dios ha hablado una vez para siempre y que Cristo ha
+sufrido una vez para siempre. Esto significa que la revelación cristiana y
+de la redención cristiana ambas son igualmente completas en Cristo. Nada
+puede ser añadido a cualquiera sin ser un insulto a Cristo... Estas son las
+dos rocas en que se construyó la Reforma Protestante -- La palabra de Dios
+revelada sin agregados de tradición humana y la obra terminada de Cristo sin
+agregados de meritos humanos. Las grandes consignas de los Reformadores eran
+<foreignphrase>sólo la escrituta</foreignphrase> para nuestra autoridad y
+<foreignphrase>sólo la gracia</foreignphrase> para nuestra salvación.</para>
+</blockquote>
+</sect1>
+
+<sect1 id="h2-importance-supplement"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</title> <para> Éstos son algunos de los programas fáciles de leer la Biblia de forma
+sistemática. Usted puede hacer más de uno al mismo tiempo si usted quiere,
+por ejemplo #1 con #4 o #2 con #5. Variar el programa de un año a otro para
+mantenerlo fresco!
+</para>
+<orderedlist numeration="arabic">
+<listitem><para>Nuevo Testamento en un año: leer un capítulo cada día, 5 días a la semana.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Proverbios en un mes: leer un capítulo de Proverbios cada día, que
+corresponde al día del mes.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Salmos en un mes: 5 leer los Salmos, a intervalos de 30 cada día, por
+ejemplo, el día 20 leer Salmos 20, 50, 80, 110, y 140.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Los Salmos y Proverbios en 6 meses: leer a través de los Salmos y Proverbios
+de un capítulo por día.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Antiguo Testamento, sin Salmos y Proverbios en 2 años: si se lee un capítulo
+al día de el Antiguo Testamento, saltando Salmos y Proverbios, se lee el
+Antiguo Testamento en 2 años y 2 semanas.
+</para></listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+</sect1>
+
+</chapter>
+
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ffb0e78
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/es/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook
@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+<chapter id="h2-rules"><title>Reglas de Interpretación de la Biblia (Hermenéutica)</title>
+<para>Ya hemos aprendido acerca de las "3 C": contenido, contexto, referencia
+cruzada. Queremos ampliar ahora brevemente profundizando en la hermenéutica
+bíblica, cuyo objetivo es descubrir el sentido querido por el autor original
+(y el Autor!). Mientras que muchas aplicaciones de un pasaje son válidas,
+sólo una interpretación es válida. La escritura se dice de si misma que la
+Escritura no es de interpretación privada (2 Pe.1:20 RV <quote>entendiendo
+primero esto, que ninguna profecía de la Escritura es de interpretación
+privada</quote>). Algunas normas son ayuda para descubrir el sentido
+correcto, personas haciendo caso omiso de las normas han traído muchos
+problemas para sí mismos y a sus seguidores. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...entre las
+cuales hay algunas difíciles de entender, las cuales los indoctos e
+inconstantes tuercen, como también las otras Escrituras, para su propia
+perdición.</quote></para>
+
+<para>¿Cómo hacemos para descubrir el significado correcto de un pasaje? Digamos
+que su atención ha sido puesta en un versículo en particular, cuyo
+significado no es claro. ¿Cómo estudiarlo? Tenga en cuenta estas normas:</para>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-exact"><title>Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</title>
+<para>Cuanto más precisos podamos ser con el significado original exacto de las
+palabras, mejor será nuestra interpretación. Trate de encontrar el
+significado exacto de las palabras clave, siga estos pasos:</para>
+
+<orderedlist>
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara><title>Definición</title>
+ <para>Buscar la definición en un diccionario de Griego o Hebreo. Para los verbos,
+también el tiempo verbal es crucial.</para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+
+ <listitem>
+ <formalpara><title>Referencias Cruzadas</title>
+ <para>Compare escritura con escritura. Observe como la misma palabra en Griego o
+Hebreo (No en Español) es usada en la escritura puede aclarar u ofrecer una
+nueva luz en la definición. ¿Cómo usa el autor esta palabra en otros
+lugares? ¿Otros autores? Sus herramientas de referencia pueden dar uso a la
+palabra en documentos no bíblicos también. ¿Por qué tenemos que ir a los
+idiomas originales, por qué no es suficiente la palabra en
+Español?<emphasis>Debido a que más de una palabra griega que puede
+traducirse a la misma palabra en Español, y las palabras griegas pueden
+tener distintos matices de significado.</emphasis></para>
+ </formalpara>
+ </listitem>
+</orderedlist>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"><title>Ejemplo 1A</title>
+<para>Jn.20:17 <emphasis>"No me toques"</emphasis> (RV) suena duro, ¿no? Suena
+como Jesús no quiere ser tocado ahora que Él ha resucitado, que Él es
+demasiado sagrado o algo así. Pero eso no me parece bien, así que vamos a
+ver que es 'Spiros Zodhiates'<emphasis>The Complete Word Study New Testament
+(El completo estudio de la palabra del Nuevo Testamento)</emphasis> (AMG
+Publishers, 1991).</para>
+
+<para>Definición: Volviendo a Juan 20:17, sobre la palabra "Toques" vemos
+"pim680". Las letras nos dan un código de la parte de la oración, y los
+números referencia a la Fuente de referencia del diccionario. Veamos la
+definición (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Se refiere a la
+manipulación de un objeto como para ejercer una modificación de influencia
+sobre él... Distinguido de pselaphao (5584), que en realidad sólo significa
+que toque la superficie de algo." Ahora busquemos "pim" . El código
+gramatical en Zodhiates vienen justo después de la Revelación; en p. 849
+vemos que pim significa "presente imperativo activo (80)". En p.857,
+"Presente imperativo. En la voz activa, esto puede indicar una orden para
+hacer algo en el futuro, que implica que continua o repite una acción, o,
+cuando se niega una orden para dejar de hacer algo." Este es una orden
+negativa, por lo que es dejar de hacer algo que ya está
+ocurriendo. Entonces, ¿qué hemos encontrado?</para>
+<para><emphasis>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</emphasis></para>
+</section>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"><title>Ejemplo 1B</title>
+<para>En Santiago 5:14 <emphasis>Llame a los ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por
+él, ungiéndole con aceite en el nombre del Señor</emphasis>. ¿Qué es esta
+unción?</para>
+<para>La definición de aleipho (218) - "aceite" (Fuente Strong); pero también
+tenemos otra palabra griega traducida "ungir", chrio (5548) - "para embarrar
+o frotar con aceite, es decir, para consagrar un oficio o un servicio
+religioso" (Fuente Strong). Puesto que es un verbo, considere el tiempo
+también, "apta" aoristo participio activo. "El participio aoristo expresa
+una acción simple, opuesta a la acción continua [Nota de traducción: es
+decir, momentanea] ... Cuando su relación con el verbo principal es
+temporal, por lo general significa una acción previa a la del verbo
+principal." (Zodhiates p.851)</para>
+
+<itemizedlist>
+<listitem><para>Referencias cruzadas para aleipho:
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Mateo 6:17 Pero tú, cuando ayunes, unge tu cabeza</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Marcos 16:1 [Las mujeres] compraron especias aromáticas para venir a
+ungirle.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Marcos 6:13 [...] y ungían con aceite a muchos enfermos, y los sanaban.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Lucas 7:38 [...] besaba sus pies, y los ungía con el ungüento.</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Juan 12:3 María [...] ungió los pies de Jesús, y los enjugó con sus cabellos</para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+</listitem>
+
+<listitem><para>Referencias Cruzadas para chrio:
+ <orderedlist>
+ <listitem><para>Lucas 4:18 <quote>El Espíritu del Señor está en mí, Porque me ha ungido para
+predicar [...]</quote></para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Hechos 4:27 Jesús, a quien ungiste</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>Hechos 10:38 Jesús de Nazaret, a quien Dios ungió con Espíritu Santo y con
+poder</para></listitem>
+ <listitem><para>2 Corintios 1:21 [...] el que nos ungió, es Dios</para></listitem>
+ </orderedlist></para>
+</listitem>
+</itemizedlist>
+
+<para>Entonces, ¿cuál es la diferencia entre aleipho y chrio? Mirando atras las
+referencias cruzadas y las deniniciones, resumimos la
+diferencia:<emphasis>&quot;aleipho&quot; es un uso práctico de aceite y
+&quot;chrio&quot; es uno espiritual</emphasis></para>
+
+<para>Como ejemplo (aunque la palabra no se utiliza), de la utilización práctica
+del aceite en esa epoca, cuando el buen samaritano cuida al hombre golpeado
+por asaltantes vertió aceite y vino en la herida. Pues el aceite tenía un
+uso medicinal en la época de Jesús.
+</para>
+<para>Ahora vamos a aplicar lo que hemos aprendido de este estudio de la palabra a
+Santiago 5:14 <emphasis>"¿Está alguno enfermo entre vosotros? Llame a los
+ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por él, ungiéndole con aceite en el nombre
+del Señor."</emphasis> Es "unción" espiritual o práctica? Práctica!</para>
+<para>
+Y el tiempo en griego, el participio aoristo, sería mejor traducido como
+"teniendo ungido", por lo que el orden es primero la unción, luego la
+oración, ("en el nombre del Señor" se refiere a la oración, no a la
+unción). Santiago 5 está diciendo que los ancianos deben dar el medicamento
+a la persona enferma y orar por él en el nombre del Señor. ¿No que expresan
+un hermoso balance de lo práctico y espiritual en nuestro Dios!
+</para>
+</section>
+</section>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-context">
+<title>Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bíblico</title>
+<para>Interptere la escritura en armonía con otras escrituras. ¿Qué dicen los
+versos en cada lado? ¿Cuál es el tema del capítulo? del libro? ¿Encaja su
+interpretación con estos? Si no, es defectuosa. Usualmente, el contexto
+suple lo que necesitamos para interpterar correctamente un pasaje. El
+contexto es la llave. Si se mantiene la confusión sobre el significado
+después de haber interpretado el texto en su contexto, tenemos que buscar
+más allá.</para>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2a"><title>Ejemplo 2A</title>
+<para>El una lección previa consideramos Juan 3:5 <emphasis>"nacido de agua y del
+Espíritu"</emphasis> En contexto, debatamos ¿Qué es el agua aquí?</para>
+<para>El bautismo en agua no está en debate aquí, lo que sería un gran cambio del
+tema discutido por Jesús y Nicodemo. ¡Cuidado con un repentino cambio de
+tema, puede ser un indicio de que su interpretación se ha descarrilado! El
+agua es el líquido amniótico, "nacido de agua" = parto natural.</para>
+</section>
+<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2b"><title>Ejemplo 2B</title>
+<para>1 Corintios 14:34 <quote>Vuestras mujeres callen en las iglesias</quote>
+tiene que tomarse en el contexto bíblico de 1 Corintios 11:5 <quote>toda
+mujer que ora o profetiza [...]</quote></para>
+</section>
+<section id="h2-rules-context-ex2c"><title>Ejemplo 2C</title>
+<para>Hechos 2:38 <quote>Pedro les dijo: &quot;Arrepentíos, y bautícese cada uno
+de vosotros en el nombre de Jesucristo para perdón de los pecados;
+[...]&quot;</quote>. Esta enseñanza es la regeneración bautismal? Si este
+fuese el único versículo de la Escritura que hubiese, tendríamos que
+concluir eso. Pero a la luz de la clara enseñanza de otros lugares que la
+regeneración ocurre por la fe en Cristo, tenemos que interpretar de otro
+modo. Pedro está instando al bautismo como un medio para que sus oyentes
+respondan al evangelio. Si el bautismo es la vía para volver a nacer, ¿cómo
+podría Pablo escribir 1 Cor.1: 17 <emphasis>&quot;Porque no me envió Cristo
+a bautizar, sino a predicar el evangelio&quot;</emphasis>?
+</para>
+</section>
+</section>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-hcontest">
+<title>Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histórico y cultural</title>
+<para>
+Al principio no nos preguntamos <quote>¿Qué significa para mí?</quote>, sino
+que primero preguntemos <quote>¿Qué significó para sus lectores
+originales?</quote>; luego puede preguntar <quote>¿Qué significa para
+mí?</quote>. Tenemos que tener en cuenta los antecedentes históricos y
+culturales del autor y los destinatarios.</para>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Ejemplo 3A</title><para> <quote>3 días y 3 noches</quote> (Mt.12:40) ha llevado a algunos a traer una
+"teoría de Miércoles de crucifixión", especialmente en el culto del
+Armstrongismo. ¿Cómo pudo Jesus morir un Viernes en la tarde y resusitar
+Domingo en la mañana y aún "resucitar al tercer día." (Mt.16:21)? El
+significado exacto de "tres" o "días" no ayudan a explicar la aparente
+contradicción.</para>
+<para>Necesitaremos sugerencias historicas: Los Judios contaban cualquier parte de
+un día como un día completo, como cuentan los cubos de agua (si son 6 cubos
+y medio de agua, nos dicen que fueron 7 cubos de agua, incluso si sólo uno
+esta parcialmente lleno). Así que para la mentalidad judia, una parte del
+dia es contada como un día, y los dias comienzan a las 6 p.m. y finalizan a
+las 6 p.m. Viernes desde la 3 p.m. a 6 p.m. = 1er día. Viernes 6 p.m. a
+Sábado 6 p.m. = 2do día. Domingo 5 o más a.m. = 3er día. La interpretación
+en el contexto cultural nos mantiene fuera de problemas.</para>
+</section>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"><title>Ejemplo 3B</title><para>Genesis 15:7-21. El contexto histórico que los animales se corten en dos y
+luego caminar entre las piezas era la forma normal de entrar en un contrato
+en el tiempo de Abraham. Ambos grupos caminan entre las partes, teniendo el
+compromiso que el desmembramiento les ocurriría si no estaban a la altura de
+su parte del contrato. Pero en este caso sólo Dios pasa a través, por lo que
+es un pacto unilateral.</para>
+</section>
+</section>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-normal"><title>Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el
+idioma</title>
+<para>Deja que el lenguaje literal sea literal y el lenguaje figurativo sea
+figurativo. Y cuidado con las expresiones idiomáticas, que tienen un
+significado especial.</para>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"><title>Ejemplo 4A</title>
+<para><quote>ojo malvado</quote> en Mt.6:23.</para>
+<para>La norma 1, la definición de "malvado" y "ojo" - no ayuda aquí. Norma 2, el
+contexto: parece confundir aún más. No parece encajar con lo que sucede
+antes y después! Esto nos da un aviso que no estamos entendiendo esto
+correctamente!!</para>
+<para>Lo que tenemos aquí es un idioma hebreo, <quote>ojo malvado</quote>. Vamos a
+buscar otros usos en este idioma: Mt.20:15 "<emphasis>¿No es legal para mi
+hacer lo que quiero con lo que poseo? ¿O es tu ojo malo[lit. "malvado"],
+porque soy bueno?</emphasis>" Nos parece que tener un "ojo malvado" es un
+modismo hebreo por ser tacaño o envidioso. Ahora vuelva a Mt.6 y observe
+cómo esta comprensión en las relaciones dan perfectamente el contexto.</para>
+</section>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"><title>Ejemplo 4B</title>
+<para>Is.59:1 <quote>no se ha acortado la mano de Jehová</quote></para>
+<para>Deut.33:27 <quote>y acá abajo los brazos eternos.</quote></para>
+<para>
+Las referencias a partes del cuerpo de Dios son usados por los Santos de los
+Últimos Días para probar que Dios fue una vez un hombre justo como
+nosotros. Una vez que convencer a la gente de que van a enseñar que podemos
+llegar a ser Dios tal como Él lo es! En una conferencia que estaba dando, un
+grupo de ancianos de Mormón desafió Walter Martin (autor del
+<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults (Reino de los Cultos)</emphasis>), con una
+enumeración de los versos como estos. El Dr. Martin pidió a los mormones a
+leer una escritura más: Salmos.91: 4 <quote>Con sus plumas te cubrirá, y
+debajo de sus alas estarás seguro</quote>. W.M. dijo: <quote>Por las mismas
+reglas de interpretación que usted acaba de demostrar que Dios es un hombre,
+usted acaba de demostrar que él es un pájaro</quote>. Los mormones tuvieron
+que reír cuando se dieron cuenta de lo ridículo de su posición.
+</para>
+</section>
+</section>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-parables"><title>Norma 5 - Entender el propósito de las parábolas y la diferencia entre una
+parábola y una alegoría</title>
+<para>Una alegoría es: <emphasis>Una historia donde cada elemento tiene un
+significado.</emphasis></para>
+<para>Cada parábola es una alegoría, ¿verdadero o falso?</para>
+
+<para>Algunas parábolas son alegorías, por ejemplo, la parábola del sembrador es
+una alegoría: la semilla es la palabra de Dios, las espinas son las
+preocupaciones y la codicia, etc, pero la mayoría de las parábolas no son
+alegorías, sino simplemente historias para ilustrar un punto. Es peligroso
+obtener nuestra doctrina desde las parabolas; élla puede ser retorcida para
+decir todo tipo de cosas. Nosotos necesitamos obtener nuestra doctrina de
+desde escrituras claras dejando de lado eso; luego si una parabola ilustra
+eso, bien.</para>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"><title>Ejemplo 5A</title>
+<para>La parábola de la viuda con el juez injusto en Lucas 18:1-8. Esta historia
+ilustra una lección: denuedo en la oración. Si lo dibujamos en una alegoría,
+¿qué tenemos?</para>
+<para>Todo tipo de crueldad sucede al significado: Dios es reacio a proteger los
+derechos de las viudas, la oración es "molesta" a Él, etc.</para></section>
+
+<section id="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"><title>Ejemplo 5B</title>
+<para>La parábola del administrador injusto en Lucas 16:1-9 ¿Cuál es el punto de
+la parábola? ¿Es una alegoría? </para>
+<para>El mayordomo es elogiado por una sola cosa, su sagacidad en el uso de lo que
+tenía para prepararse para el momento cuando él no tiene. Pero no es
+elogiado por su comportamiento poco ético al engañar a su amo. </para>
+</section>
+
+</section>
+</chapter>
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/docbook/index.docbook b/docs/howto/es/docbook/index.docbook
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..cac2c39
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/es/docbook/index.docbook
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" ?>
+<!DOCTYPE book PUBLIC "-//OASIS//DTD DocBook XML V4.5//EN" "http://www.oasis-open.org/docbook/xml/4.5/docbookx.dtd" [
+ <!ENTITY bibletime '<application>BibleTime</application>'>
+ <!ENTITY kapp "&bibletimehandbook;">
+ <!ENTITY % addindex "IGNORE">
+ <!ENTITY howto-chap1 SYSTEM "howto-importance.docbook">
+ <!ENTITY howto-chap2 SYSTEM "howto-basics.docbook">
+ <!ENTITY howto-chap3 SYSTEM "howto-interpretation.docbook">
+]>
+
+<book>
+
+<bookinfo>
+ <title>El Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</title>
+
+ <authorgroup>
+ <author>
+ <firstname>Bob</firstname>
+ <surname>Harman</surname>
+ </author>
+ <author>
+ <firstname></firstname>
+ <surname>The BibleTime team</surname>
+ </author>
+ </authorgroup>
+
+
+
+ <!-- TRANS:ROLES_OF_TRANSLATORS -->
+<copyright>
+ <year>2001-2009</year>
+ <holder>El equipo de &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)</holder>
+ </copyright>
+
+ <legalnotice>
+ <para>
+ Este documento fue creado originalmente por el Sr. Bob Harman y está
+disponible bajo los términos de la licencia <link
+url="http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/">"Creative Commons
+Reconocimiento-Compartir Igual".</link>.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Citas bíblicas son de la New American Standard Bible menos que se indique lo
+contrario. [Nota del traductor: En la mayor parte de las citas usé
+SpaRVG2004]
+ </para>
+ </legalnotice>
+
+ <abstract>
+ <title>Resumen</title>
+
+ <para>
+ El <application>Cómo Estudiar la Biblia</application> es una guía para el
+estudio de la Biblia.
+ </para>
+ <para>
+ Es la esperanza del equipo &bibletime; que este Cómo provoque a los lectores
+a estudiar las Escrituras para ver lo que dicen. Esta guía de estudio en
+particular ha sido elegido, ya que se cuida de no apoyar ninguna doctrina
+confesional particular. Le recomendamos leer y estudiar las Escrituras para
+entender lo que dicen. Si usted inicia con la actitud de querer tener la
+palabra del Señor sembrada en su corazón, Él no lo defraudará.
+ </para>
+ </abstract>
+
+ <keywordset>
+ <keyword>Bible</keyword>
+ <keyword>Study</keyword>
+ <keyword>HowTo</keyword>
+ </keywordset>
+
+</bookinfo>
+
+&howto-chap1;
+&howto-chap2;
+&howto-chap3;
+
+</book>
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-approaches.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-approaches.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e7c9dcb
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-approaches.html
@@ -0,0 +1,25 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics.html" title="Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudios Bblicos"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-approaches"></a>Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</h2></div></div></div><p>Escuchando y leyendo proporcionan una visin telescpica de la Escritura
+mientras que el estudio y la memorizacin de la Escritura proporcionar una
+visin microscpica. Meditando en las escrituras trae entendimiento,
+leyendo, estudiando y memorizando en conjunto, cimienta la palabra en
+nuestras mentes.</p><div class="sect2" title="Or"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-hear"></a>Or</h3></div></div></div><p>Lucas 11:28 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">bienaventurados los que oyen la palabra de Dios, y la
+guardan.</span>&#8221;</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Leer"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-read"></a>Leer</h3></div></div></div><p>Apocalipsis 1:3 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">Bienaventurado el que lee, y los que oyen las
+palabras de esta profeca [...]</span>&#8221;</span></p><p>1 Timoteo 4:13 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">presta atencin a la lectura pblica de la
+Escritura[...]</span>&#8221;</span>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudio"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-study"></a>Estudio</h3></div></div></div><p>Hechos 17:11 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">Ahora stos eran de mantalidad ms noble que los que
+estaban en Tesalnica, pues recibieron la palabra con gran entusiasmo,
+examinando las Escrituras diariamente, para ver si estas cosas eran
+as.</span>&#8221;</span>
+</p><p>2 Timoteo 2:15 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">Se diligente [RV `Estudia'] para presentarte aprobado
+para Dios como un obrero que no tiene de qu avergonzarse, que maneja con
+precisin la palabra de verdad.</span>&#8221;</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Memorizar"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-memorize"></a>Memorizar</h3></div></div></div><p>Salmos 119:11 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">En mi corazn atesoro tus dichos, para no pecar contra
+ti.</span>&#8221;</span></p></div><div class="sect2" title="Meditar"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-approaches-meditate"></a>Meditar</h3></div></div></div><p>Salmos 1:2-3 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">pero su delicia est en la ley del Seor, y en su ley
+medita de da y de noche. Y ser como un rbol firmemente plantado junto a
+corrientes de agua, que da su fruto en su tiempo, y su hoja no cae; Y en
+todo lo que hace, prospera.</span>&#8221;</span>
+</p><p>Los Navegantes ilustran esto diciendo que, as como el dedo pulgar puede
+tocar todos los dedos, podemos meditar en la Palabra en cualquiera de los
+primeros cuatro.La meditacin es una clave para la revelacin. Un nuevo
+cristiano necesita or y leer la Biblia ms de lo que necesita para estudiar
+y memorizar. Esto es para que se familiaricen con el mensaje general de la
+Biblia.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-types.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Tipos de Estudios Bblicos</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-expository.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-expository.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ef3d9c4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-expository.html
@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Conceptos bsicos de interpretacin correcta"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Hoja de Trabajo: Cmo usar la Concordancia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-expository"></a>Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</h2></div></div></div><p>Vamos a estudiar juntos Mateo 6:1-18. Lea para si mismo, primero busque el
+versculo clave, el verso que resume todo el pasaje. Cree que tiene?
+Prubelo seleccionando diferentes lugares en el pasaje y pregntese si se
+refieren a la idea del versculo clave. Una vez que lo encuentre, escriba un
+nmero romano Uno en su esquema: </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="I"><li class="listitem"><p>Guardaos de practicar piedad delante de los hombres para hacerse notar</p></li></ol></div><p>Qu quiere decir <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">practicar piedad</span>&#8221;</span>? Tiene el pasaje algunos
+ejemplos? Qu rea de nuestra vida se est abordando? <span class="emphasis"><em>Nuestros
+motivos!</em></span> Qu sub-ttulos desarrolla este pensamiento?</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Cuando Ud. da</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cuando Ud. ayuna</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cuando Ud. ora</p></li></ol></div><p>Ahora complete el esquema con instrucciones especficas de cmo evitar
+caminos equivocados para practicar peidad.</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="A"><li class="listitem"><p>Cuando Ud. da
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="a"><li class="listitem"><p>no hagas sonar trometa. (cmo podra alguien <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">tocar trompeta</span>&#8221;</span>
+hoy en da?)</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>hazlo secretamente.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>etc.</p></li></ol></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Conceptos bsicos de interpretacin correcta</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Hoja de Trabajo: Cmo usar la Concordancia</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..6db5b46
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-interpretation.html
@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Conceptos bsicos de interpretacin correcta</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-types.html" title="Tipos de Estudios Bblicos"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Conceptos bsicos de interpretacin correcta</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Conceptos bsicos de interpretacin correcta"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation"></a>Conceptos bsicos de interpretacin correcta</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Contenido"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-content"></a>Contenido</h3></div></div></div><p>Qu dice? Qu dice en el idioma original? Tenga cuidado con las
+definiciones. No lea en lo que no dice.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Contexto"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-context"></a>Contexto</h3></div></div></div><p>Qu dicen los versos a su alrededor? "El contexto es el rey" es
+la regla -- el texto debe tener sentido dentro de la estructura de todo el
+pasaje y del libro.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Referencias Cruzadas"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-interpretation-cross"></a>Referencias Cruzadas</h3></div></div></div><p>Qu dicen otros versculos sobre este mismo tema en el resto de la Biblia?
+Dios no se contradice a s mismo, por lo que nuestra interpretacin tiene
+que superar la prueba de otras escrituras.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-types.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Tipos de Estudios Bblicos</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-types.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-types.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..f224d97
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-types.html
@@ -0,0 +1,3 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Tipos de Estudios Bblicos</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html" title="Conceptos bsicos de interpretacin correcta"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Tipos de Estudios Bblicos</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Tipos de Estudios Bblicos"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-types"></a>Tipos de Estudios Bblicos</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudio Temtico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-topical"></a>Estudio Temtico</h3></div></div></div><p>Elige un tema determinado y seguirlo a travs del uso de referencias
+cruzadas o una concordancia.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudio de Personajes"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-types-character"></a>Estudio de Personajes</h3></div></div></div><p>Estudiando la vida de un personaje de la Biblia, por ejemplo, La vida de
+Jos en Gen.37-50.</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Estudio Expositivo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="basics-types-expository"></a>Estudio Expositivo</h3></div></div></div><p>El estudio de un pasaje: prrafo, captulo o libro.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Conceptos bsicos de interpretacin correcta</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..9718236
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics-worksheet.html
@@ -0,0 +1,15 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Hoja de Trabajo: Cmo usar la Concordancia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-basics.html" title="Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-expository.html" title="Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules.html" title="Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Hoja de Trabajo: Cmo usar la Concordancia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Hoja de Trabajo: Cmo usar la Concordancia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet"></a>Hoja de Trabajo: Cmo usar la Concordancia</h2></div></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Para encontrar un versculo particular."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-select"></a>Para encontrar un versculo particular.</h3></div></div></div><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Escoja una palabra clave o la palabra ms inusual del verso.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Dirjase a esta palabra por orden alfabtico</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Recorra la lista hacia abajo hasta que encuentre su verso.</p></li></ol></div><p>Encontrar estos versos:
+</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">Fieles son las heridas del amigo</span>&#8221;</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">somos embajadores de Cristo</span>&#8221;</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La historia del hombre rico y Lazaro.</p></li></ol></div><p>
+</p></div><div class="sect2" title="Para hacer un Estudio Temtico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-study"></a>Para hacer un Estudio Temtico </h3></div></div></div><p>Digamos que usted quiere hacer un estudio de la palabra
+"redencin". Primero usted busque esa palabra en la concordancia y
+busque las referencias que figuran en lla. Entonces usted ver palabras
+relacionadas y listas de referencias para ellas, por ejemplo, "redimir,
+rescatar, rescate," hasta "comprar" o "compr". </p></div><div class="sect2" title="Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-clarify"></a>Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</h3></div></div></div><p>Qu pasa si not una contradiccin en la RV entre Mt.7:1 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">No juzguis
+para que no seis juzgados</span>&#8221;</span> y 1 Cor.2:15 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">El que es espiritual
+juzga todas las cosas.</span>&#8221;</span> Tal vez haya dos palabras griegas diferentes
+aqu, y que ambas se traduzcan como "juzgar" en espaol? (Usaremos
+ambos de fuente desde aqui en adelante) </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Busque "juez"</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Dirjase a la columna de entrada de Mt.7:1. a la derecha ver el nmero
+2919. sta es la referencia a la palabra Griega usada. Antela.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ahora busque "juzga".</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Dirjase a la columna de 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Drijase al diccionario Griego. (Recuerde, Usted est en el NT as que el
+lenguaje es Griego, mientras que el AT es Hebreo). Compare el significado de
+2919 con el significado de 350 y tendr su respuesta! </p></li></ol></div></div><div class="sect2" title="Para encontrar los significados de los nombres"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-basics-worksheet-names"></a>Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</h3></div></div></div><p>De igual forma, podemos encontrar el significado de un nombre en griego o
+hebreo.</p><p>Busca estos nombres y escribe su significado:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Nabal</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Abigail</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Josu</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Bernab</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-expository.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-basics.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b339ebe
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-basics.html
@@ -0,0 +1,17 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia"><link rel="next" href="h2-basics-approaches.html" title="Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-basics"></a>Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nuestro porpsito es nos Acercamos a la Biblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Or</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Leer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudios Bblicos</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudio Temtico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudio de Personajes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudio Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Conceptos bsicos de interpretacin correcta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenido</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencias Cruzadas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Hoja de Trabajo: Cmo usar la Concordancia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar un versculo particular.</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Para hacer un Estudio Temtico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="sect1" title="Nuestro porpsito es nos Acercamos a la Biblia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-basics-purpose"></a>Nuestro porpsito es nos Acercamos a la Biblia</h2></div></div></div><p>
+</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Escudriad las Escrituras, porque vosotros os parece que en ellas tenis
+la vida eterna; y ellas son las que dan testimonio de m. Y no queris venir
+ m, para que tengis vida.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Juan 5:39-40</span></td></tr></table></div><p>
+</p><p>El propsito principal del libro es para llevarnos a la Persona. Martin
+Luther dijo <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">vamos a la cuna slo por el bien del beb</span>&#8221;</span>; slo
+para que en el estudio de la Biblia, no lo hacemos por el bien de Dios, sino
+para tener comunin con l.
+</p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Los Judios a quian Jess habl [...] imaginado que para poseer las
+Escrituras equivaldra a poseer la vida. Hillel sola decir: "El que se
+ha hecho a s mismo las palabras de la Torah ha conseguido para s la vida
+del mundo venidero." Su estudio es un fin en s mismo. En esto fueron
+gravemente engaados. [...]</p><p>No hay ni mrito ni a la ganancia en la lectura de las Escrituras para
+nuestro propio beneficio, solamente si efectivamente nos presenta a Cristo
+Jess. Siempre que la Biblia se lee, lo que se necesita es una expectativa
+ansiosa de que a travs de ella podemos encontrar a Cristo.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el
+Polemico)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104.</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-breathed.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-breathed.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..e6a4098
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-breathed.html
@@ -0,0 +1,33 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro que Dios sopl (inspir)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance.html" title="Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro que Obra"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que Dios sopl (inspir)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que Dios sopl (inspir)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-breathed"></a>Un libro que Dios sopl (inspir)</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Heb.4:12 </em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Porque la palabra de Dios es viva y
+eficaz</em></span>" Jess dice <span class="emphasis"><em>(Mt.4:4),</em></span>
+"<span class="emphasis"><em>Escrito est: No slo de pan vivir el hombre, sino de toda
+palabra que sale [lit., est procediendo] de la boca de Dios.</em></span>"
+Cuando leemos la Biblia, el Espritu de Dios est ah para hablar a nuestros
+corazones de una manera continuamente fresca.
+</p><p>2 Tim. 3:16 declara, "<span class="emphasis"><em>Toda la escritura es inspirada por Dios
+[lit. aliento de Dios]</em></span>" Cree esto? antes de contestar,
+considere la actitud de Jess hacia las Escrituras. </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>Se refiri a los autores humanos, pero daba por sentado que detrs de todos
+ellos era un nico Autor divino. Poda igualmente decir 'Moises dijo' o
+'Dios dijo' (Marcos 7:10). Se podra citar un comentario del narrador en
+Gnesis 2:24 como una expresin del Creador mismo (Mateo
+19:4-5). Similarmente dijo 'Bien profetiz de vosotros Isaas, como est
+escrito:' cuando lo que pas a citar es la expresin directa del Seor Dios
+(Mk.7:6 &amp; Is.29:13). Es a partir del mismo Jess que los autores del
+Nuevo Testamento han ganado su conviccin de la doble autora de la
+Escritura. Para ellos era tan cierto decir que 'Dios habl a nuestros padres
+por los profetas' (Heb.1:1) como lo fu decir 'hombres movidos por el
+Espiritu Santo hablan de parte de Dios' (2 Pe.1:21). Dios no habl de tal
+manera que anulara la personalidad de los autores humanos, ni los hombres
+hablaron de manera tal que sea corrompida la Palabra del Autor divino. Dios
+habla. El hombre habla. Ninguno a la verdad debe ir en menoscabo de la
+otra. ...
+</p><p>
+Esto, entonces, era la opinin de Cristo de las Escrituras. Su declaracin
+era la declaracin de Dios. El testimonio de la Biblia es el testimonio de
+Dios. Y la razn principal por la que el cristiano cree en el origen divino
+de la Biblia es que Jesucristo mismo lo ense. </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el
+Polemico)</em></span>, InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95 </span></td></tr></table></div><p>2 Tim.3:16 contina, "<span class="emphasis"><em>y til para ensear, para redargir, para
+corregir, para instruir en justicia, para que el hombre de Dios sea
+perfecto, enteramente preparado para toda buena obra.</em></span>" Si
+aceptamos que la Biblia realmente es Dios hablandonos, se deduce que ser
+nuestra autoridad en todos los asuntos de fe y conducta. </p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-works.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Un libro que Obra</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..3ce4110
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-exhortations.html
@@ -0,0 +1,16 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Exhortaciones</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro que guerrea"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apndice: "Una vez para siempre"'></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Exhortaciones</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Exhortaciones"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-exhortations"></a>Exhortaciones</h2></div></div></div><p>
+2 Tim.2:15 (RV) "<span class="emphasis"><em>Procura con diligencia presentarte a Dios
+aprobado, como obrero que no tiene de qu avergonzarse, que usa bien la
+palabra de verdad.</em></span>"
+</p><p>
+Col.3:16 "<span class="emphasis"><em>La palabra de Cristo more en abundancia en vosotros,
+ensendoos y exhortndoos unos a otros en toda sabidura; con salmos, e
+himnos, y cnticos espirituales, cantando con gracia en vuestros corazones
+al Seor.</em></span>"
+</p><p>Si usted es rico en algo, cunto tiene? </p><p>
+No un poco!</p><p>
+Eclesiasts 12:11-12 "<span class="emphasis"><em>Las palabras de los sabios son como
+aguijones. Como clavos bien puestos son sus colecciones de dichos, dados por
+un solo pastor. Adems de ellas, hijo mo, ten presente que el hacer muchos
+libros es algo interminable y que el mucho leer causa fatiga.</em></span>"
+</p></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-once.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que guerrea</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Apndice: "Una vez para siempre"</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-liberates.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-liberates.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..973e63f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-liberates.html
@@ -0,0 +1,14 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro que libera</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-works.html" title="Un libro que Obra"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-wars.html" title="Un libro que guerrea"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que libera</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que libera"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-liberates"></a>Un libro que libera</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Juan 8:32 "<span class="emphasis"><em>y conoceris la verdad, y la verdad os har
+libres.</em></span>" Esto es citado por s mismo. Es sta una promesa
+condicional o incondicional? Se aplicara a todo tipo de conocimiento?
+Encuentra las respuestas mediante el examen de la primera mitad de la frase,
+en el verso 31. "<span class="emphasis"><em>Si vosotros permaneciereis en mi palabra, seris
+verdaderamente mis discpulos;</em></span>"</p><p>Vemos que esta es un promesa condicional, especficamente hablando de la
+verdad de la Palabra de Dios.</p><p>La palabra griega que significa "viento" utilizada en Efesios 4:14: un
+<span class="emphasis"><em>viento violento.</em></span> "<span class="emphasis"><em>para que ya no seamos nios
+fluctuantes, llevados por doquiera de todo viento de doctrina...</em></span>"
+Una cosa que el estudio de la Biblia hace por nosotros es aterrizarnos en la
+verdad, con el resultado que no ser facil "soplarnos fuera."</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Entonces respondiendo Jess, les dijo:
+</em></span>"<span class="emphasis"><em>Ustedes se equivocan [RV Erris], no conociendo las
+Escrituras, ni el poder de Dios.</em></span>" Mateo 22:29</p><p>Qu 2 cosas necesitamos saber que nos mantienen en error?</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>La palabra de Dios </p></li><li class="listitem"><p>El poder de Dios </p></li></ul></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-works.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-wars.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que Obra</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Un libro que guerrea</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-once.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-once.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a537f92
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-once.html
@@ -0,0 +1,20 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Apndice: "Una vez para siempre"</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortaciones"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-supplement.html" title="Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Apndice: "Una vez para siempre"</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title='Apndice: "Una vez para siempre"'><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-once"></a>Apndice: "Una vez para siempre"</h2></div></div></div><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>La verdad sobre el carcter definitivo de la iniciativa de Dios en Cristo es
+transmitido por una palabra en el Testamento Griego, nombrada por los
+adverbios <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">hapax</em></span> y
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">ephapax</em></span>.Por lo general se traduce en la
+Versin Autorizada 'una vez', lo que significa 'una vez para siempre'. Esto
+se usa est hecho a ser de validez permanente y no es necesario repetir, y
+se aplica en el NT tanto a la revelacin y a la redencin. Por lo tanto,
+Judas se refiere a la fe que ha sido una vez dada a los santos (Judas 1:3),
+y los Romanos, dice,"<span class="emphasis"><em>Cristo muri por los pecados una vez para
+siempre</em></span>" (Rom.6:10, ver tambin 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28). </p><p>
+As, podemos decir que Dios ha hablado una vez para siempre y que Cristo ha
+sufrido una vez para siempre. Esto significa que la revelacin cristiana y
+de la redencin cristiana ambas son igualmente completas en Cristo. Nada
+puede ser aadido a cualquiera sin ser un insulto a Cristo... Estas son las
+dos rocas en que se construy la Reforma Protestante -- La palabra de Dios
+revelada sin agregados de tradicin humana y la obra terminada de Cristo sin
+agregados de meritos humanos. Las grandes consignas de los Reformadores eran
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">slo la escrituta</em></span> para nuestra autoridad y
+<span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">slo la gracia</em></span> para nuestra salvacin.</p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">John R.W. Stott, <span class="emphasis"><em>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el
+Polemico)</em></span> InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107</span></td></tr></table></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Exhortaciones</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-supplement.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..390b7ad
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-supplement.html
@@ -0,0 +1,11 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-once.html" title='Apndice: "Una vez para siempre"'><link rel="next" href="h2-basics.html" title="Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-supplement"></a>Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</h2></div></div></div><p> stos son algunos de los programas fciles de leer la Biblia de forma
+sistemtica. Usted puede hacer ms de uno al mismo tiempo si usted quiere,
+por ejemplo #1 con #4 o #2 con #5. Variar el programa de un ao a otro para
+mantenerlo fresco!
+</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Nuevo Testamento en un ao: leer un captulo cada da, 5 das a la semana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Proverbios en un mes: leer un captulo de Proverbios cada da, que
+corresponde al da del mes.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmos en un mes: 5 leer los Salmos, a intervalos de 30 cada da, por
+ejemplo, el da 20 leer Salmos 20, 50, 80, 110, y 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Los Salmos y Proverbios en 6 meses: leer a travs de los Salmos y Proverbios
+de un captulo por da.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Antiguo Testamento, sin Salmos y Proverbios en 2 aos: si se lee un captulo
+al da de el Antiguo Testamento, saltando Salmos y Proverbios, se lee el
+Antiguo Testamento en 2 aos y 2 semanas.
+</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Apndice: "Una vez para siempre"</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Captulo 2. Estudio Bblico bsico</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-wars.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-wars.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..a80c2f7
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-wars.html
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro que guerrea</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro que libera"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html" title="Exhortaciones"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que guerrea</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que guerrea"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-wars"></a>Un libro que guerrea</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Efesios 6:10-18 es una imagen de nuestro armamento espiritual.</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-armor-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 1.3. Armadura Espiritual</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Armadura Espiritual" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Pregunta</th><th>Respuesta</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Cuantas armas que figuran en la lista son armas defensivas?</td><td>5</td></tr><tr><td>Cuantas con ofensivas?</td><td>Una</td></tr><tr><td>Cal una(s)? </td><td>la palabra - <span class="foreignphrase"><em class="foreignphrase">rhema</em></span></td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que libera</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Exhortaciones</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-works.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-works.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..4e4b772
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance-works.html
@@ -0,0 +1,31 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Un libro que Obra</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-importance.html" title="Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><link rel="prev" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro que Dios sopl (inspir)"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-liberates.html" title="Un libro que libera"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Un libro que Obra</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que Obra"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-works"></a>Un libro que Obra</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Qu har el estudio de la Biblia por Usted? 1 Tesalonicenses 2:13 dice que
+la Biblia "<span class="emphasis"><em>obra tambin en vosotros que cresteis.</em></span>" Al
+lado de cada escritura, escriba la labor que la Palabra realiza.
+</p><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-results-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 1.2. Qu hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Qu hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?" border="1"><colgroup><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Referencia</th><th>Accin</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Efesios 5:26
+</td><td>limpia -- "...limpindola en el lavamiento del agua por la palabra"
+</td></tr><tr><td>
+Hechos 20:32
+</td><td>
+edificar -- "...y a la palabra de su gracia, la cual es poderosa para
+sobreedificar, y daros herencia con todos los santificados."
+</td></tr><tr><td>
+Romanos 15:4
+</td><td>
+alienta -- "...para que por la paciencia y consolacin de las Escrituras,
+tengamos esperanza."
+</td></tr><tr><td>
+Romanos 10:17
+</td><td>
+da fe -- "As que la fe viene por el or, y el or, por la palabra de Dios."
+</td></tr><tr><td>
+1 Corintios 10:11
+</td><td>
+instruye -- "Y todas estas cosas les acontecieron como ejemplo; y son
+escritas para amonestarnos a nosotros"
+</td></tr><tr><td>
+Mateo 4:4
+</td><td>
+alimenta -- "Mas l respondiendo dijo: 'Escrito est: No slo de pan vivir
+el hombre, sino de toda palabra que sale de la boca de Dios.'"
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Un libro que Dios sopl (inspir)</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Un libro que libera</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..74f976c
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-importance.html
@@ -0,0 +1,28 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="prev" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance-breathed.html" title="Un libro que Dios sopl (inspir)"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-importance"></a>Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro que es nico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro que Dios sopl (inspir)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro que Obra</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro que libera</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro que guerrea</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortaciones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apndice: "Una vez para siempre"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</a></span></dt></dl></div><p>La comprensin de la Palabra de Dios es de gran importancia para todos los
+que invocan el nombre de Dios. El estudio de la Biblia es una de las
+principales maneras en que aprendemos a comunicarnos con Dios.</p><div class="sect1" title="Un libro que es nico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-importance-unique"></a>Un libro que es nico</h2></div></div></div><p>La Biblia es nica en muchos sentidos. Es nica en:</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>
+popularidad. La Biblia vende en Norte America mas de $500 millones (USD) por
+ao. La Biblia es ambos el todos los tiempos y ao a ao el ms vendido.
+</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
+autora. Fue escrito en un perodo de 1.600 aos por 40 diferentes autores
+de diferentes orgenes, sin embargo, parece que hubiera sido escrita por
+uno.
+</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>
+conservacin. F. F. Bruce en <span class="emphasis"><em>Are New Testament Documents Reliable?
+(Son los documentos del Nuevo Testamento confiables?)</em></span> compara
+manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos:
+</p></li></ul></div><div class="table"><a name="h2-importance-manuscripts-table"></a><p class="title"><b>Tabla 1.1. Comparacin de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos.</b></p><div class="table-contents"><table summary="Comparacin de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos." border="1"><colgroup><col><col><col><col><col></colgroup><thead><tr><th>Obra</th><th>Cuando fu escrita</th><th>Copia ms antigua</th><th>Tiempo transcurrido</th><th>Numero de Copias</th></tr></thead><tbody><tr><td>Herdoto</td><td>448-428 AC</td><td>900 DC</td><td>1300 aos</td><td>8
+</td></tr><tr><td>Tcito</td><td>100 DC</td><td>1100 DC</td><td>1000 aos</td><td>20
+</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Guerra de las Galias</em></span> de Csar</td><td>50-58 AC</td><td>900 DC</td><td>950 aos</td><td>10
+</td></tr><tr><td><span class="emphasis"><em>Historia Romana</em></span> de Livio</td><td>59 AC - 17 DC</td><td>900 DC</td><td>900 aos</td><td>20
+</td></tr><tr><td>Nuevo Testamento</td><td>40 DC - 100 DC</td><td>130 DC manuscritos parciales, 350 DC manuscritos completos</td><td>30 - 310 aos</td><td>5000 Griego y 10000 Latin
+</td></tr></tbody></table></div></div><br class="table-break"><p>Existen Diez copias de <span class="emphasis"><em>Guerra de las Galias</em></span> de Csar,
+siendo la copia ms antigua 900 aos despus que Csar escribi el original,
+etc. Para el Nuevo Testamento nosotros tenemos manuscritos completos del 350
+DC, papiros contienen la mayor parte del Nuevo Testamento desde los 200 y un
+fragmento del Evangelio de Juan desde el 130 DC. Cuntos manuscritos
+tenemos a comparar uno al otro? 5000 en Griego y 10000 en Latin! </p><div class="blockquote"><table border="0" width="100%" cellspacing="0" cellpadding="0" class="blockquote" summary="Block quote"><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td width="80%" valign="top"><p>"En la veracidad y la plenitud de las evidencias en que se apoya, el texto
+del Nuevo Testamento est absolutamente inalcanzable por otros antiguos
+escritos en prosa". </p></td><td width="10%" valign="top"></td></tr><tr><td width="10%" valign="top"></td><td colspan="2" align="right" valign="top">--<span class="attribution">Crtica textual F.J.A. Hort "The New Testament in the Original Greek" (El
+Nuevo Testamento en el Griego Original) vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., Citado
+en <span class="emphasis"><em>Questions of Life (Preguntas de Vida)</em></span> p. 25-26</span></td></tr></table></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="index.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Un libro que Dios sopl (inspir)</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-context.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-context.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..bc1da8b
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-context.html
@@ -0,0 +1,23 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bblico</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules.html" title="Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histrico y cultural"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bblico</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bblico"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-context"></a>Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bblico</h2></div></div></div><p>Interptere la escritura en armona con otras escrituras. Qu dicen los
+versos en cada lado? Cul es el tema del captulo? del libro? Encaja su
+interpretacin con estos? Si no, es defectuosa. Usualmente, el contexto
+suple lo que necesitamos para interpterar correctamente un pasaje. El
+contexto es la llave. Si se mantiene la confusin sobre el significado
+despus de haber interpretado el texto en su contexto, tenemos que buscar
+ms all.</p><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 2A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2a"></a>Ejemplo 2A</h3></div></div></div><p>El una leccin previa consideramos Juan 3:5 <span class="emphasis"><em>"nacido de agua y del
+Espritu"</em></span> En contexto, debatamos Qu es el agua aqu?</p><p>El bautismo en agua no est en debate aqu, lo que sera un gran cambio del
+tema discutido por Jess y Nicodemo. Cuidado con un repentino cambio de
+tema, puede ser un indicio de que su interpretacin se ha descarrilado! El
+agua es el lquido amnitico, "nacido de agua" = parto natural.</p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 2B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2b"></a>Ejemplo 2B</h3></div></div></div><p>1 Corintios 14:34 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">Vuestras mujeres callen en las iglesias</span>&#8221;</span>
+tiene que tomarse en el contexto bblico de 1 Corintios 11:5 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">toda
+mujer que ora o profetiza [...]</span>&#8221;</span></p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 2C"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-context-ex2c"></a>Ejemplo 2C</h3></div></div></div><p>Hechos 2:38 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">Pedro les dijo: "Arrepentos, y bautcese cada uno
+de vosotros en el nombre de Jesucristo para perdn de los pecados;
+[...]"</span>&#8221;</span>. Esta enseanza es la regeneracin bautismal? Si este
+fuese el nico versculo de la Escritura que hubiese, tendramos que
+concluir eso. Pero a la luz de la clara enseanza de otros lugares que la
+regeneracin ocurre por la fe en Cristo, tenemos que interpretar de otro
+modo. Pedro est instando al bautismo como un medio para que sus oyentes
+respondan al evangelio. Si el bautismo es la va para volver a nacer, cmo
+podra Pablo escribir 1 Cor.1: 17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Porque no me envi Cristo
+a bautizar, sino a predicar el evangelio"</em></span>?
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histrico y cultural</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..8db9511
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html
@@ -0,0 +1,24 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histrico y cultural</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bblico"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histrico y cultural</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histrico y cultural"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest"></a>Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histrico y cultural</h2></div></div></div><p>
+Al principio no nos preguntamos <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">Qu significa para m?</span>&#8221;</span>, sino
+que primero preguntemos <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">Qu signific para sus lectores
+originales?</span>&#8221;</span>; luego puede preguntar <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">Qu significa para
+m?</span>&#8221;</span>. Tenemos que tener en cuenta los antecedentes histricos y
+culturales del autor y los destinatarios.</p><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Ejemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">3 das y 3 noches</span>&#8221;</span> (Mt.12:40) ha llevado a algunos a traer una
+"teora de Mircoles de crucifixin", especialmente en el culto del
+Armstrongismo. Cmo pudo Jesus morir un Viernes en la tarde y resusitar
+Domingo en la maana y an "resucitar al tercer da." (Mt.16:21)? El
+significado exacto de "tres" o "das" no ayudan a explicar la aparente
+contradiccin.</p><p>Necesitaremos sugerencias historicas: Los Judios contaban cualquier parte de
+un da como un da completo, como cuentan los cubos de agua (si son 6 cubos
+y medio de agua, nos dicen que fueron 7 cubos de agua, incluso si slo uno
+esta parcialmente lleno). As que para la mentalidad judia, una parte del
+dia es contada como un da, y los dias comienzan a las 6 p.m. y finalizan a
+las 6 p.m. Viernes desde la 3 p.m. a 6 p.m. = 1er da. Viernes 6 p.m. a
+Sbado 6 p.m. = 2do da. Domingo 5 o ms a.m. = 3er da. La interpretacin
+en el contexto cultural nos mantiene fuera de problemas.</p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 3B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b"></a>Ejemplo 3B</h3></div></div></div><p>Genesis 15:7-21. El contexto histrico que los animales se corten en dos y
+luego caminar entre las piezas era la forma normal de entrar en un contrato
+en el tiempo de Abraham. Ambos grupos caminan entre las partes, teniendo el
+compromiso que el desmembramiento les ocurrira si no estaban a la altura de
+su parte del contrato. Pero en este caso slo Dios pasa a travs, por lo que
+es un pacto unilateral.</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-context.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bblico</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el
+idioma</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-normal.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-normal.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..2c0769f
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-normal.html
@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html" title="Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histrico y cultural"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-parables.html" title="Norma 5 - Entender el propsito de las parbolas y la diferencia entre una parbola y una alegora"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el
+idioma</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-normal"></a>Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el
+idioma</h2></div></div></div><p>Deja que el lenguaje literal sea literal y el lenguaje figurativo sea
+figurativo. Y cuidado con las expresiones idiomticas, que tienen un
+significado especial.</p><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 4A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4a"></a>Ejemplo 4A</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">ojo malvado</span>&#8221;</span> en Mt.6:23.</p><p>La norma 1, la definicin de "malvado" y "ojo" - no ayuda aqu. Norma 2, el
+contexto: parece confundir an ms. No parece encajar con lo que sucede
+antes y despus! Esto nos da un aviso que no estamos entendiendo esto
+correctamente!!</p><p>Lo que tenemos aqu es un idioma hebreo, <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">ojo malvado</span>&#8221;</span>. Vamos a
+buscar otros usos en este idioma: Mt.20:15 "<span class="emphasis"><em>No es legal para mi
+hacer lo que quiero con lo que poseo? O es tu ojo malo[lit. "malvado"],
+porque soy bueno?</em></span>" Nos parece que tener un "ojo malvado" es un
+modismo hebreo por ser tacao o envidioso. Ahora vuelva a Mt.6 y observe
+cmo esta comprensin en las relaciones dan perfectamente el contexto.</p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 4B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-normal-ex4b"></a>Ejemplo 4B</h3></div></div></div><p>Is.59:1 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">no se ha acortado la mano de Jehov</span>&#8221;</span></p><p>Deut.33:27 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">y ac abajo los brazos eternos.</span>&#8221;</span></p><p>
+Las referencias a partes del cuerpo de Dios son usados por los Santos de los
+ltimos Das para probar que Dios fue una vez un hombre justo como
+nosotros. Una vez que convencer a la gente de que van a ensear que podemos
+llegar a ser Dios tal como l lo es! En una conferencia que estaba dando, un
+grupo de ancianos de Mormn desafi Walter Martin (autor del
+<span class="emphasis"><em>Kingdom of the Cults (Reino de los Cultos)</em></span>), con una
+enumeracin de los versos como estos. El Dr. Martin pidi a los mormones a
+leer una escritura ms: Salmos.91: 4 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">Con sus plumas te cubrir, y
+debajo de sus alas estars seguro</span>&#8221;</span>. W.M. dijo: <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">Por las mismas
+reglas de interpretacin que usted acaba de demostrar que Dios es un hombre,
+usted acaba de demostrar que l es un pjaro</span>&#8221;</span>. Los mormones tuvieron
+que rer cuando se dieron cuenta de lo ridculo de su posicin.
+</p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-parables.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histrico y cultural</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Norma 5 - Entender el propsito de las parbolas y la diferencia entre una
+parbola y una alegora</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-parables.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-parables.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..b3c9078
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules-parables.html
@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Norma 5 - Entender el propsito de las parbolas y la diferencia entre una parbola y una alegora</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="h2-rules.html" title="Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)"><link rel="prev" href="h2-rules-normal.html" title="Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el idioma"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Norma 5 - Entender el propsito de las parbolas y la diferencia entre una
+parbola y una alegora</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center">Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)</th><td width="20%" align="right"></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="section" title="Norma 5 - Entender el propsito de las parbolas y la diferencia entre una parbola y una alegora"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-parables"></a>Norma 5 - Entender el propsito de las parbolas y la diferencia entre una
+parbola y una alegora</h2></div></div></div><p>Una alegora es: <span class="emphasis"><em>Una historia donde cada elemento tiene un
+significado.</em></span></p><p>Cada parbola es una alegora, verdadero o falso?</p><p>Algunas parbolas son alegoras, por ejemplo, la parbola del sembrador es
+una alegora: la semilla es la palabra de Dios, las espinas son las
+preocupaciones y la codicia, etc, pero la mayora de las parbolas no son
+alegoras, sino simplemente historias para ilustrar un punto. Es peligroso
+obtener nuestra doctrina desde las parabolas; lla puede ser retorcida para
+decir todo tipo de cosas. Nosotos necesitamos obtener nuestra doctrina de
+desde escrituras claras dejando de lado eso; luego si una parabola ilustra
+eso, bien.</p><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 5A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5a"></a>Ejemplo 5A</h3></div></div></div><p>La parbola de la viuda con el juez injusto en Lucas 18:1-8. Esta historia
+ilustra una leccin: denuedo en la oracin. Si lo dibujamos en una alegora,
+qu tenemos?</p><p>Todo tipo de crueldad sucede al significado: Dios es reacio a proteger los
+derechos de las viudas, la oracin es "molesta" a l, etc.</p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 5B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-parables-ex5b"></a>Ejemplo 5B</h3></div></div></div><p>La parbola del administrador injusto en Lucas 16:1-9 Cul es el punto de
+la parbola? Es una alegora? </p><p>El mayordomo es elogiado por una sola cosa, su sagacidad en el uso de lo que
+tena para prepararse para el momento cuando l no tiene. Pero no es
+elogiado por su comportamiento poco tico al engaar a su amo. </p></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-rules-normal.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-rules.html">Subir</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el
+idioma</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top"></td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules.html b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..ea96e01
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/es/html/h2-rules.html
@@ -0,0 +1,78 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="up" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="prev" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html" title="Hoja de Trabajo: Cmo usar la Concordancia"><link rel="next" href="h2-rules-context.html" title="Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bblico"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="chapter" title="Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a name="h2-rules"></a>Captulo 3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)</h2></div></div></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Ejemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Ejemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Ejemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Ejemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Ejemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histrico y cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Ejemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Ejemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el
+idioma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Ejemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Ejemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Norma 5 - Entender el propsito de las parbolas y la diferencia entre una
+parbola y una alegora</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Ejemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Ejemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><p>Ya hemos aprendido acerca de las "3 C": contenido, contexto, referencia
+cruzada. Queremos ampliar ahora brevemente profundizando en la hermenutica
+bblica, cuyo objetivo es descubrir el sentido querido por el autor original
+(y el Autor!). Mientras que muchas aplicaciones de un pasaje son vlidas,
+slo una interpretacin es vlida. La escritura se dice de si misma que la
+Escritura no es de interpretacin privada (2 Pe.1:20 RV <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">entendiendo
+primero esto, que ninguna profeca de la Escritura es de interpretacin
+privada</span>&#8221;</span>). Algunas normas son ayuda para descubrir el sentido
+correcto, personas haciendo caso omiso de las normas han trado muchos
+problemas para s mismos y a sus seguidores. 2 Pe.3:16 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">...entre las
+cuales hay algunas difciles de entender, las cuales los indoctos e
+inconstantes tuercen, como tambin las otras Escrituras, para su propia
+perdicin.</span>&#8221;</span></p><p>Cmo hacemos para descubrir el significado correcto de un pasaje? Digamos
+que su atencin ha sido puesta en un versculo en particular, cuyo
+significado no es claro. Cmo estudiarlo? Tenga en cuenta estas normas:</p><div class="section" title="Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras."><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a name="h2-rules-exact"></a>Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</h2></div></div></div><p>Cuanto ms precisos podamos ser con el significado original exacto de las
+palabras, mejor ser nuestra interpretacin. Trate de encontrar el
+significado exacto de las palabras clave, siga estos pasos:</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p title="Definicin"><b>Definicin.</b>Buscar la definicin en un diccionario de Griego o Hebreo. Para los verbos,
+tambin el tiempo verbal es crucial.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p title="Referencias Cruzadas"><b>Referencias Cruzadas.</b>Compare escritura con escritura. Observe como la misma palabra en Griego o
+Hebreo (No en Espaol) es usada en la escritura puede aclarar u ofrecer una
+nueva luz en la definicin. Cmo usa el autor esta palabra en otros
+lugares? Otros autores? Sus herramientas de referencia pueden dar uso a la
+palabra en documentos no bblicos tambin. Por qu tenemos que ir a los
+idiomas originales, por qu no es suficiente la palabra en
+Espaol?<span class="emphasis"><em>Debido a que ms de una palabra griega que puede
+traducirse a la misma palabra en Espaol, y las palabras griegas pueden
+tener distintos matices de significado.</em></span></p></li></ol></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 1A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a"></a>Ejemplo 1A</h3></div></div></div><p>Jn.20:17 <span class="emphasis"><em>"No me toques"</em></span> (RV) suena duro, no? Suena
+como Jess no quiere ser tocado ahora que l ha resucitado, que l es
+demasiado sagrado o algo as. Pero eso no me parece bien, as que vamos a
+ver que es 'Spiros Zodhiates'<span class="emphasis"><em>The Complete Word Study New Testament
+(El completo estudio de la palabra del Nuevo Testamento)</em></span> (AMG
+Publishers, 1991).</p><p>Definicin: Volviendo a Juan 20:17, sobre la palabra "Toques" vemos
+"pim680". Las letras nos dan un cdigo de la parte de la oracin, y los
+nmeros referencia a la Fuente de referencia del diccionario. Veamos la
+definicin (p. 879). "680. Haptomai; de hapto (681), tocar. Se refiere a la
+manipulacin de un objeto como para ejercer una modificacin de influencia
+sobre l... Distinguido de pselaphao (5584), que en realidad slo significa
+que toque la superficie de algo." Ahora busquemos "pim" . El cdigo
+gramatical en Zodhiates vienen justo despus de la Revelacin; en p. 849
+vemos que pim significa "presente imperativo activo (80)". En p.857,
+"Presente imperativo. En la voz activa, esto puede indicar una orden para
+hacer algo en el futuro, que implica que continua o repite una accin, o,
+cuando se niega una orden para dejar de hacer algo." Este es una orden
+negativa, por lo que es dejar de hacer algo que ya est
+ocurriendo. Entonces, qu hemos encontrado?</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Mary is already clinging to Jesus, and he is saying to stop holding him!</em></span></p></div><div class="section" title="Ejemplo 1B"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b"></a>Ejemplo 1B</h3></div></div></div><p>En Santiago 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>Llame a los ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por
+l, ungindole con aceite en el nombre del Seor</em></span>. Qu es esta
+uncin?</p><p>La definicin de aleipho (218) - "aceite" (Fuente Strong); pero tambin
+tenemos otra palabra griega traducida "ungir", chrio (5548) - "para embarrar
+o frotar con aceite, es decir, para consagrar un oficio o un servicio
+religioso" (Fuente Strong). Puesto que es un verbo, considere el tiempo
+tambin, "apta" aoristo participio activo. "El participio aoristo expresa
+una accin simple, opuesta a la accin continua [Nota de traduccin: es
+decir, momentanea] ... Cuando su relacin con el verbo principal es
+temporal, por lo general significa una accin previa a la del verbo
+principal." (Zodhiates p.851)</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" type="disc"><li class="listitem"><p>Referencias cruzadas para aleipho:
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Mateo 6:17 Pero t, cuando ayunes, unge tu cabeza</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Marcos 16:1 [Las mujeres] compraron especias aromticas para venir a
+ungirle.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Marcos 6:13 [...] y ungan con aceite a muchos enfermos, y los sanaban.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Lucas 7:38 [...] besaba sus pies, y los unga con el ungento.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Juan 12:3 Mara [...] ungi los pies de Jess, y los enjug con sus cabellos</p></li></ol></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Referencias Cruzadas para chrio:
+ </p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Lucas 4:18 <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">El Espritu del Seor est en m, Porque me ha ungido para
+predicar [...]</span>&#8221;</span></p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Hechos 4:27 Jess, a quien ungiste</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Hechos 10:38 Jess de Nazaret, a quien Dios ungi con Espritu Santo y con
+poder</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>2 Corintios 1:21 [...] el que nos ungi, es Dios</p></li></ol></div></li></ul></div><p>Entonces, cul es la diferencia entre aleipho y chrio? Mirando atras las
+referencias cruzadas y las deniniciones, resumimos la
+diferencia:<span class="emphasis"><em>"aleipho" es un uso prctico de aceite y
+"chrio" es uno espiritual</em></span></p><p>Como ejemplo (aunque la palabra no se utiliza), de la utilizacin prctica
+del aceite en esa epoca, cuando el buen samaritano cuida al hombre golpeado
+por asaltantes verti aceite y vino en la herida. Pues el aceite tena un
+uso medicinal en la poca de Jess.
+</p><p>Ahora vamos a aplicar lo que hemos aprendido de este estudio de la palabra a
+Santiago 5:14 <span class="emphasis"><em>"Est alguno enfermo entre vosotros? Llame a los
+ancianos de la iglesia, y oren por l, ungindole con aceite en el nombre
+del Seor."</em></span> Es "uncin" espiritual o prctica? Prctica!</p><p>
+Y el tiempo en griego, el participio aoristo, sera mejor traducido como
+"teniendo ungido", por lo que el orden es primero la uncin, luego la
+oracin, ("en el nombre del Seor" se refiere a la oracin, no a la
+uncin). Santiago 5 est diciendo que los ancianos deben dar el medicamento
+a la persona enferma y orar por l en el nombre del Seor. No que expresan
+un hermoso balance de lo prctico y espiritual en nuestro Dios!
+</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-rules-context.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Hoja de Trabajo: Cmo usar la Concordancia</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Inicio</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/es/html/index.html b/docs/howto/es/html/index.html
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..1583abf
--- /dev/null
+++ b/docs/howto/es/html/index.html
@@ -0,0 +1,21 @@
+<html><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=ISO-8859-1"><title>El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia</title><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.75.1"><meta name="description" content="Resumen El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia es una gua para el estudio de la Biblia. Es la esperanza del equipo BibleTime que este Cmo provoque a los lectores a estudiar las Escrituras para ver lo que dicen. Esta gua de estudio en particular ha sido elegido, ya que se cuida de no apoyar ninguna doctrina confesional particular. Le recomendamos leer y estudiar las Escrituras para entender lo que dicen. Si usted inicia con la actitud de querer tener la palabra del Seor sembrada en su corazn, l no lo defraudar."><meta name="keywords" content="Bible, Study, HowTo"><link rel="home" href="index.html" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><link rel="next" href="h2-importance.html" title="Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"></head><body bgcolor="white" text="black" link="#0000FF" vlink="#840084" alink="#0000FF"><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia</th></tr><tr><td width="20%" align="left"></td><th width="60%" align="center"></th><td width="20%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr></table><hr></div><div class="book" title="El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h1 class="title"><a name="id14819241"></a>El Cmo Estudiar la Biblia</h1></div><div><div class="authorgroup"><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname">Bob</span> <span class="surname">Harman</span></h3></div><div class="author"><h3 class="author"><span class="firstname"></span> <span class="surname">The BibleTime team</span></h3></div></div></div><div><p class="copyright">Copyright 2001-2009 El equipo de <span class="application">BibleTime</span> (info@bibletime.info)</p></div><div><div class="legalnotice" title="Aviso Legal"><a name="id14837306"></a><p>
+ Este documento fue creado originalmente por el Sr. Bob Harman y est
+disponible bajo los trminos de la licencia "Creative Commons
+Reconocimiento-Compartir Igual"..
+ </p><p>
+ Citas bblicas son de la New American Standard Bible menos que se indique lo
+contrario. [Nota del traductor: En la mayor parte de las citas us
+SpaRVG2004]
+ </p></div></div><div><div class="abstract" title="Resumen"><p class="title"><b>Resumen</b></p><p>
+ El <span class="application">Cmo Estudiar la Biblia</span> es una gua para el
+estudio de la Biblia.
+ </p><p>
+ Es la esperanza del equipo <span class="application">BibleTime</span> que este Cmo provoque a los lectores
+a estudiar las Escrituras para ver lo que dicen. Esta gua de estudio en
+particular ha sido elegido, ya que se cuida de no apoyar ninguna doctrina
+confesional particular. Le recomendamos leer y estudiar las Escrituras para
+entender lo que dicen. Si usted inicia con la actitud de querer tener la
+palabra del Seor sembrada en su corazn, l no lo defraudar.
+ </p></div></div></div><hr></div><div class="toc"><p><b>Tabla de contenidos</b></p><dl><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-importance.html">1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-unique">Un libro que es nico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-breathed.html">Un libro que Dios sopl (inspir)</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-works.html">Un libro que Obra</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-liberates.html">Un libro que libera</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-wars.html">Un libro que guerrea</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-exhortations.html">Exhortaciones</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-once.html">Apndice: "Una vez para siempre"</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-importance-supplement.html">Suplemento: Programas de Lectura de la Biblia</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-basics.html">2. Estudio Bblico bsico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics.html#h2-basics-purpose">Nuestro porpsito es nos Acercamos a la Biblia</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html">Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-hear">Or</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-read">Leer</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-study">Estudio</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-memorize">Memorizar</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-approaches.html#h2-basics-approaches-meditate">Meditar</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-types.html">Tipos de Estudios Bblicos</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-topical">Estudio Temtico</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#h2-basics-types-character">Estudio de Personajes</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-types.html#basics-types-expository">Estudio Expositivo</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html">Conceptos bsicos de interpretacin correcta</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-content">Contenido</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-context">Contexto</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-interpretation.html#h2-basics-interpretation-cross">Referencias Cruzadas</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-expository.html">Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect1"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html">Hoja de Trabajo: Cmo usar la Concordancia</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-select">Para encontrar un versculo particular.</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-study">Para hacer un Estudio Temtico </a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-clarify">Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo</a></span></dt><dt><span class="sect2"><a href="h2-basics-worksheet.html#h2-basics-worksheet-names">Para encontrar los significados de los nombres</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="chapter"><a href="h2-rules.html">3. Reglas de Interpretacin de la Biblia (Hermenutica)</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact">Norma 1 - Interprete de acuerdo al significado exacto de las palabras.</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1a">Ejemplo 1A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules.html#h2-rules-exact-crossref-ex1b">Ejemplo 1B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html">Norma 2 - Interpretar en el contexto bblico</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2a">Ejemplo 2A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2b">Ejemplo 2B</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-context.html#h2-rules-context-ex2c">Ejemplo 2C</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html">Norma 3 - Interpretar en el contexto histrico y cultural</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a">Ejemplo 3A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-hcontest.html#h2-rules-hcontest-ex3b">Ejemplo 3B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html">Norma 4 - Interpretar de acuerdo con el uso normal de las palabras en el
+idioma</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4a">Ejemplo 4A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-normal.html#h2-rules-normal-ex4b">Ejemplo 4B</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html">Norma 5 - Entender el propsito de las parbolas y la diferencia entre una
+parbola y una alegora</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5a">Ejemplo 5A</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section"><a href="h2-rules-parables.html#h2-rules-parables-ex5b">Ejemplo 5B</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="list-of-tables"><p><b>Lista de tablas</b></p><dl><dt>1.1. <a href="h2-importance.html#h2-importance-manuscripts-table">Comparacin de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos.</a></dt><dt>1.2. <a href="h2-importance-works.html#h2-importance-results-table">Qu hace el estudio de la Biblia por los cristianos?</a></dt><dt>1.3. <a href="h2-importance-wars.html#h2-importance-armor-table">Armadura Espiritual</a></dt></dl></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"></td><td width="20%" align="center"></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-importance.html">Siguiente</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top"></td><td width="20%" align="center"></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Captulo 1. Importancia de la Palabra de Dios</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook
index c7e174d..32d4b17 100644
--- a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook
+++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-importance.docbook
@@ -292,12 +292,12 @@ mantê-lo atualizado!
<listitem><para>Provérbios em um Mês: leia um capítulo de Provérbios por dia, correspondente
ao dia do mês.</para></listitem>
<listitem><para>Salmos em um mês: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por
-exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Salmos e Provérbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provérbios, um capítulo por
-dia.</para></listitem>
-<listitem><para>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos e Provérbios em 2 anos: se você ler um capítulo
-por dia do Antigo Testamento, pulando Salmos e Provérbios, você lerá o
-Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas.
+exemplo, no vigésimo. dia você lerá Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e&amp; 140.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Salmos &amp; Provérbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provérbios, um capítulo
+por dia.</para></listitem>
+<listitem><para>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos &amp; Provérbios em 2 anos: se você ler um
+capítulo por dia do Antigo Testamento, pulando Salmos &amp; Provérbios, você
+lerá o Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas.
</para></listitem>
</orderedlist>
</sect1>
diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook
index db5040d..d071a65 100644
--- a/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook
+++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook
@@ -176,9 +176,9 @@ nós podemos nos perguntar <quote>O que isso significa para mim?</quote>. Nós
devemos levar em conta o contexo histórico e cultural do autor e dos
destinatários.</para>
-<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Exemplo 3A</title><para> <quote>3 dias e 3 noites</quote> (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a "Teoria
-da Cruxificação na Quarta-Feira". Como Jesus poderia morrer na sexta-feira à
-tarde e ressucitar domingo de manhã ainda "que ao terceiro dia
+<section id="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"><title>Exemplo 3A</title><para> <quote>3 dias&amp; 3 noites</quote> (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a
+"Teoria da Cruxificação na Quarta-Feira". Como Jesus poderia morrer na
+sexta-feira à tarde e ressucitar domingo de manhã ainda "que ao terceiro dia
ressuscitasse" (Mt 16.21)? O significado exato de "três" ou "dias" não
ajudam a explicar essa aparente contradição.</para>
<para>Nós precisamo de um detalhe histórico: Os judeus contavam qualquer parte de
diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html
index 3c928ec..3bf0989 100644
--- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html
+++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-importance-supplement.html
@@ -4,8 +4,8 @@ exemplo #1 com #4, ou #2 com #5. Varie o programada de ano para ano para
mant-lo atualizado!
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Novo Testamento em um Ano: leia um captulo por dia, 5 dias por semana.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Provrbios em um Ms: leia um captulo de Provrbios por dia, correspondente
ao dia do ms.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmos em um ms: leia 5 salmos com intervalo de 30 entre eles por dia. Por
-exemplo, no vigsimo. dia voc ler Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmos e Provrbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provrbios, um captulo por
-dia.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos e Provrbios em 2 anos: se voc ler um captulo
-por dia do Antigo Testamento, pulando Salmos e Provrbios, voc ler o
-Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas.
+exemplo, no vigsimo. dia voc ler Sl 20, 50, 80, 110 e&amp; 140.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Salmos &amp; Provrbios em 6 meses: leia Salmos e Provrbios, um captulo
+por dia.</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Antigo Testamento sem Salmos &amp; Provrbios em 2 anos: se voc ler um
+captulo por dia do Antigo Testamento, pulando Salmos &amp; Provrbios, voc
+ler o Antigo Testamento em 2 anos e 2 semanas.
</p></li></ol></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr><table width="100%" summary="Navigation footer"><tr><td width="40%" align="left"><a accesskey="p" href="h2-importance-once.html">Anterior</a></td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="u" href="h2-importance.html">Acima</a></td><td width="40%" align="right"><a accesskey="n" href="h2-basics.html">Prxima</a></td></tr><tr><td width="40%" align="left" valign="top">Apendice: "De uma vez por todas"</td><td width="20%" align="center"><a accesskey="h" href="index.html">Principal</a></td><td width="40%" align="right" valign="top">Captulo 2. Bases do Estudo Bblico</td></tr></table></div></body></html>
diff --git a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html
index 715f8d6..3861ddc 100644
--- a/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html
+++ b/docs/howto/pt-br/html/h2-rules-hcontest.html
@@ -3,9 +3,9 @@ Ns no comeamos perguntando <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">O q
mas <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">O que isso significou para os leitores originais?</span>&#8221;</span>; depois
ns podemos nos perguntar <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">O que isso significa para mim?</span>&#8221;</span>. Ns
devemos levar em conta o contexo histrico e cultural do autor e dos
-destinatrios.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">3 dias e 3 noites</span>&#8221;</span> (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a "Teoria
-da Cruxificao na Quarta-Feira". Como Jesus poderia morrer na sexta-feira
-tarde e ressucitar domingo de manh ainda "que ao terceiro dia
+destinatrios.</p><div class="section" title="Exemplo 3A"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a name="h2-rules-hcontest-ex3a"></a>Exemplo 3A</h3></div></div></div><p> <span class="quote">&#8220;<span class="quote">3 dias&amp; 3 noites</span>&#8221;</span> (Mt 12.40) levou alguns a criarem a
+"Teoria da Cruxificao na Quarta-Feira". Como Jesus poderia morrer na
+sexta-feira tarde e ressucitar domingo de manh ainda "que ao terceiro dia
ressuscitasse" (Mt 16.21)? O significado exato de "trs" ou "dias" no
ajudam a explicar essa aparente contradio.</p><p>Ns precisamo de um detalhe histrico: Os judeus contavam qualquer parte de
um dia como um dia completo, assim como ns contamos baldes d'gua (se
diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook-cs.po b/i18n/handbook/handbook-cs.po
index f3b3a5e..51aacda 100644
--- a/i18n/handbook/handbook-cs.po
+++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook-cs.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: handbook-cs\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-11 19:16-0400\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-09-08 15:47-0400\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-17 21:09+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Jan Bělohoubek <j.bel@atlas.cz>\n"
"Language-Team: <cs@li.org>\n"
@@ -1785,7 +1785,18 @@ msgstr ""
"link> obdoba oken."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1041
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1040
+msgid ""
+"Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1049
+msgid "Search with works of this window."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1058
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> "
@@ -1798,7 +1809,7 @@ msgstr ""
"otevřených dílech."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1056
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1073
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
@@ -1809,12 +1820,12 @@ msgstr ""
"link> ukončí &bibletime;."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1068
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1085
msgid "Closes the current window."
msgstr "Zavře aktuální okno."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1077
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1094
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </"
"menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
@@ -1823,7 +1834,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</menuchoice> otevře příručku."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1089
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1106
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</"
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto."
@@ -1832,7 +1843,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Bibli</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> otevře Návod, jak studovat Bibli."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1102
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1119
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> "
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</"
@@ -1843,7 +1854,7 @@ msgstr ""
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link>otevře správce knih."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1117
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1134
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> </"
@@ -1854,7 +1865,7 @@ msgstr ""
"menuchoice> </link>zapne zobrazení knihovny."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1132
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1149
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
@@ -2056,13 +2067,13 @@ msgstr "Příručka &bibletime; je součástí &bibletime;."
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
#, fuzzy
-msgid "2009-06"
+msgid "2009-09"
msgstr "2009-04"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:51
#, fuzzy
-msgid "2.2"
+msgid "2.3"
msgstr "2.0"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook-de.po b/i18n/handbook/handbook-de.po
index 35e8244..bbcb7e4 100644
--- a/i18n/handbook/handbook-de.po
+++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook-de.po
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: handbook-de\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-11 19:16-0400\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-09-08 15:47-0400\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-18 22:23+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Roland Teschner <rolte@gmx.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Deutsch <bibletime-translations@lists.sourceforge.net>\n"
@@ -48,7 +48,10 @@ msgstr "&bibletime; einrichten"
msgid ""
"In this section you find an overview to configure &bibletime;, which can be "
"found under <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> in the main menu."
-msgstr "In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie eine Übersicht, wie &bibletime; zu konfigurieren ist. Sie können das Menü <guimenu>Einstellungen</guimenu> im Hauptmenü finden."
+msgstr ""
+"In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie eine Übersicht, wie &bibletime; zu "
+"konfigurieren ist. Sie können das Menü <guimenu>Einstellungen</guimenu> im "
+"Hauptmenü finden."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:7
msgid "Configure &bibletime; Dialog"
@@ -67,7 +70,8 @@ msgstr ""
"<guimenuitem>&bibletime; einrichten</guimenuitem>. gelangen."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:19
-msgid "The startup behavior can be customized. Select from the following options:"
+msgid ""
+"The startup behavior can be customized. Select from the following options:"
msgstr ""
"Das Startverhalten kann angepasst werden. Wählen Sie aus den folgenden "
"Optionen aus:"
@@ -82,8 +86,9 @@ msgid ""
"built-in templates are available. If you select one, you will see a preview "
"on the right pane."
msgstr ""
-"Anzeigenvorlagen definieren das Aussehen des Textes (Farben, Größe, usw.). Es "
-"sind mehrere eingebaute Vorlagen verfügbar. Nach Auswahl einer Vorlage wird im rechten Abschnitt eine Vorschau angezeigt,"
+"Anzeigenvorlagen definieren das Aussehen des Textes (Farben, Größe, usw.). "
+"Es sind mehrere eingebaute Vorlagen verfügbar. Nach Auswahl einer Vorlage "
+"wird im rechten Abschnitt eine Vorschau angezeigt,"
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:34
msgid ""
@@ -102,7 +107,12 @@ msgid ""
"override this font if necessary. Some languages require special fonts to be "
"displayed correctly, and this dialog allows you to specify a custom font for "
"each language."
-msgstr "Standardmäßig verwendet &bibletime; die System-Standardschrift zur Anzeige. Sie können diese Schrift bei Bedarf aufheben. Einige Sprachen erfordern spezielle Schriftarten, um korrekt dargestellt werden zu können und dieser Dialog erlaubt Ihnen, spezielle Schriftarten für jede Sprache zu spezifizieren."
+msgstr ""
+"Standardmäßig verwendet &bibletime; die System-Standardschrift zur Anzeige. "
+"Sie können diese Schrift bei Bedarf aufheben. Einige Sprachen erfordern "
+"spezielle Schriftarten, um korrekt dargestellt werden zu können und dieser "
+"Dialog erlaubt Ihnen, spezielle Schriftarten für jede Sprache zu "
+"spezifizieren."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:48
msgid "<phrase>Options Dialog - fonts</phrase>"
@@ -120,12 +130,11 @@ msgid ""
"you know that the standard display font does not contain the characters used "
"in this work."
msgstr ""
-"&bibletime; kann nun alle unterstützten Schriftarten benutzen. "
-"Solange die für sie relevanten Werke korrekt dargestellt werden, muss hier nichts "
+"&bibletime; kann nun alle unterstützten Schriftarten benutzen. Solange die "
+"für sie relevanten Werke korrekt dargestellt werden, muss hier nichts "
"unternommen werden. Wenn ein Werk jedoch nur als Folge von Fragezeichen "
-"(??????) oder leeren Kästchen dargestellt wird, dann erkennen Sie, dass "
-"die Standard-Schriftart die in diesem Werk benutzten Zeichen nicht "
-"enthält."
+"(??????) oder leeren Kästchen dargestellt wird, dann erkennen Sie, dass die "
+"Standard-Schriftart die in diesem Werk benutzten Zeichen nicht enthält."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:61
msgid ""
@@ -134,7 +143,14 @@ msgid ""
"supports many languages is Code2000. If no installed font can display the "
"work you are interested in, try installing the localization package for that "
"language."
-msgstr "Um dies zu korrigieren, wählen Sie bitte die Sprache dieses Werkes aus dem Aufklappmenü aus. Wählen Sie das Kontrollkästchen &quot;Benutzerdefinierte Schrift verwenden&quot; aus und wählen Sie anschließend eine Schriftart aus. So ist zum Beispiel die Schriftart Code2000 eine, die viele verschiedene Sprachen unterstützt. Wenn keiner der installierten Schriftarten das für sie interessante Werk darstellen kann, so versuchen Sie bitte, das entsprechende Lokalisierungspaket für diese Sprache zu installieren."
+msgstr ""
+"Um dies zu korrigieren, wählen Sie bitte die Sprache dieses Werkes aus dem "
+"Aufklappmenü aus. Wählen Sie das Kontrollkästchen &quot;Benutzerdefinierte "
+"Schrift verwenden&quot; aus und wählen Sie anschließend eine Schriftart aus. "
+"So ist zum Beispiel die Schriftart Code2000 eine, die viele verschiedene "
+"Sprachen unterstützt. Wenn keiner der installierten Schriftarten das für sie "
+"interessante Werk darstellen kann, so versuchen Sie bitte, das entsprechende "
+"Lokalisierungspaket für diese Sprache zu installieren."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:68
msgid "Installing fonts"
@@ -148,7 +164,9 @@ msgid ""
"ulink>."
msgstr ""
"Detaillierte Anweisungen zur Schriftarten-Installation gehen über den Umfang "
-"dieses Handbuches hinaus. Für weitergehende Informationen können Sie auch das <ulink url=\"http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html\"> Unicode-HOWTO</ulink> lesen."
+"dieses Handbuches hinaus. Für weitergehende Informationen können Sie auch "
+"das <ulink url=\"http://www.linux.org/docs/ldp/howto/Unicode-HOWTO-2.html\"> "
+"Unicode-HOWTO</ulink> lesen."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:75
msgid ""
@@ -202,16 +220,17 @@ msgid ""
"fonts for different languages."
msgstr ""
"Unicode Schriftarten unterstützen mehr Zeichen als andere, und einige dieser "
-"Schriftarten sind kostenlos erhältlich. Keine der verfügbaren Schriftarten enthält "
-"alle Zeichen des Unicode-Standards. Sie müssen also evtl. verschiedene "
-"Schriftarten für verschiedene Sprachen benutzen."
+"Schriftarten sind kostenlos erhältlich. Keine der verfügbaren Schriftarten "
+"enthält alle Zeichen des Unicode-Standards. Sie müssen also evtl. "
+"verschiedene Schriftarten für verschiedene Sprachen benutzen."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:111
msgid "Unicode Fonts"
msgstr "Unicode Schriftarten"
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:119
-msgid "Perhaps the best free Unicode font, covering a wide range of characters."
+msgid ""
+"Perhaps the best free Unicode font, covering a wide range of characters."
msgstr ""
"Vielleicht die beste Unicode-Schriftart, sie deckt einen großen "
"Zeichenbereich ab."
@@ -259,10 +278,12 @@ msgid ""
"url=\"http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html\"> Unicode character "
"ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</ulink>)."
msgstr ""
-"Es gibt gute Listen mit Unicode-Schriftarten im Netz, so z.B. eine von Christoph Singer (<ulink url=\"http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm\">Multilingual Unicode "
-"TrueType Fonts in the Internet</ulink>), oder eine von Alan Wood (<ulink "
-"url=\"http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html\"> Unicode character "
-"ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</ulink>)."
+"Es gibt gute Listen mit Unicode-Schriftarten im Netz, so z.B. eine von "
+"Christoph Singer (<ulink url=\"http://www.slovo.info/unifonts.htm"
+"\">Multilingual Unicode TrueType Fonts in the Internet</ulink>), oder eine "
+"von Alan Wood (<ulink url=\"http://www.alanwood.net/unicode/fontsbyrange.html"
+"\"> Unicode character ranges and the Unicode fonts that support them</"
+"ulink>)."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:184
@@ -274,7 +295,15 @@ msgid ""
"used to display the content of cross references in the Bible. When you hover "
"over them, the Mag will show the content of the verses referred to, "
"according to the standard Bible you specified."
-msgstr "Viele Funktionen, die vom Sword-Backend zur Verfügung gestellt werden, können nun in &bibletime; konfiguriert werden. Diese Funktionseigenschaften sind im rechten Dialog dokumentiert. Ihnen ist außerdem ermöglicht, Standardwerke zu definieren, wenn kein bestimmtes Werk in der Referenz spezifiziert ist. Zum Beispiel wird die Standard-Bibel zur Darstellung des Inhalts von Kreuzverweisen in der Bibel herangezogen. Wenn Sie über sie fahren, wird die Lupe den Versinhalt anzeigen, auf den Bezug genommen wird, gemäß der Standard-Bibel, die Sie spezifiziert haben."
+msgstr ""
+"Viele Funktionen, die vom Sword-Backend zur Verfügung gestellt werden, "
+"können nun in &bibletime; konfiguriert werden. Diese Funktionseigenschaften "
+"sind im rechten Dialog dokumentiert. Ihnen ist außerdem ermöglicht, "
+"Standardwerke zu definieren, wenn kein bestimmtes Werk in der Referenz "
+"spezifiziert ist. Zum Beispiel wird die Standard-Bibel zur Darstellung des "
+"Inhalts von Kreuzverweisen in der Bibel herangezogen. Wenn Sie über sie "
+"fahren, wird die Lupe den Versinhalt anzeigen, auf den Bezug genommen wird, "
+"gemäß der Standard-Bibel, die Sie spezifiziert haben."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-config.docbook:198
msgid ""
@@ -311,10 +340,14 @@ msgid ""
"flagship product of the <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire.org\">Crosswire "
"Bible Society</ulink>."
msgstr ""
-"&bibletime; ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das verschiedene Textarten und Sprachen unterstützt. Sogar große Anzahlen an Werk-Modulen können einfach installiert und verwaltet werden. Es basiert auf der <ulink url="
-"\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword\">Sword</ulink>-Bibliothek, welche die zugrundeliegende Backend-Funktionalität für &bibletime; zur Verfügung stellt, so zum Beispiel um Bibeltexte anzuschauen, darin zu suchen, usw. Sword ist das "
-"Hauptprodukt der <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire.org\">Crosswire "
-"Bibelgesellschaft</ulink>."
+"&bibletime; ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das verschiedene Textarten und "
+"Sprachen unterstützt. Sogar große Anzahlen an Werk-Modulen können einfach "
+"installiert und verwaltet werden. Es basiert auf der <ulink url=\"http://www."
+"crosswire.org/sword\">Sword</ulink>-Bibliothek, welche die zugrundeliegende "
+"Backend-Funktionalität für &bibletime; zur Verfügung stellt, so zum Beispiel "
+"um Bibeltexte anzuschauen, darin zu suchen, usw. Sword ist das Hauptprodukt "
+"der <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire.org\">Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft</"
+"ulink>."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:14
msgid ""
@@ -324,7 +357,8 @@ msgid ""
"sword/develop/index.jsp\"> developers section</ulink> of the Sword Project, "
"Crosswire Bible Society."
msgstr ""
-"&bibletime; wurde konzipiert, um mit Werken zu arbeiten, die in einem der Formate vorliegen, die vom Sword-Projekt unterstützt werden. Vollständige "
+"&bibletime; wurde konzipiert, um mit Werken zu arbeiten, die in einem der "
+"Formate vorliegen, die vom Sword-Projekt unterstützt werden. Vollständige "
"Informationen über die unterstützten Dokumentenformate sind auf den <ulink "
"url=\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/develop/index.jsp\">Entwicklerseiten</"
"ulink> des Sword-Projektes der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft zu finden."
@@ -354,7 +388,13 @@ msgid ""
"include not only modern versions, but also ancient texts like the Codex "
"Leningradensis (\"WLC\", Hebrew), and the Septuagint (\"LXX\", Greek). This "
"is the most advanced section in the library of the Sword project."
-msgstr "Der vollständie Bibeltext mit optionalen Dingen wie Strong-Nummern, Kopfzeilen und/oder Fußzeilen im Text. Bibeln sind in vielen verschiedenen Sprachen verfügbar und nicht nur auf moderne Versionen beschränkt, sondern umfassen auch altertümliche Texte wie den Codex Leningradensis (\"WLC\", hebräisch), und die Septuaginta (\"LXX\", griechisch). Dies ist der fortgeschrittenste Abschnitt in der Bibliothek des Sword-Projektes."
+msgstr ""
+"Der vollständie Bibeltext mit optionalen Dingen wie Strong-Nummern, "
+"Kopfzeilen und/oder Fußzeilen im Text. Bibeln sind in vielen verschiedenen "
+"Sprachen verfügbar und nicht nur auf moderne Versionen beschränkt, sondern "
+"umfassen auch altertümliche Texte wie den Codex Leningradensis (\"WLC\", "
+"hebräisch), und die Septuaginta (\"LXX\", griechisch). Dies ist der "
+"fortgeschrittenste Abschnitt in der Bibliothek des Sword-Projektes."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:40
msgid "Books"
@@ -365,8 +405,8 @@ msgid ""
"Books available include \"Imitation of Christ\", \"Enuma Elish\", and "
"\"Josephus: The Complete Works\""
msgstr ""
-"Zu den verfügbaren Büchern gehören \"Imitation of "
-"Christ\", \"Enuma Elish\" und \"Josephus: Die vollständigen Werke\""
+"Zu den verfügbaren Büchern gehören \"Imitation of Christ\", \"Enuma Elish\" "
+"und \"Josephus: Die vollständigen Werke\""
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:47
msgid "Commentaries"
@@ -380,8 +420,11 @@ msgid ""
"\"hdbk-op-parts-desk-write\"> record your own personal notes</link> to "
"sections of the Bible."
msgstr ""
-"Zu den verfügbaren Kommentaren gehören Klassiker wie John Wesleys \"Notes on the Bible\", Matthew Henrys Kommentar und Luthers \"Kommentar über Galater\". \" Mit dem <emphasis>Persönlichen</emphasis> Kommentar sind Sie in der Lage <link linkend="
-"\"hdbk-op-parts-desk-write\">Ihre eigenen Notizen</link> über Bibelabschnitte zu erstellen."
+"Zu den verfügbaren Kommentaren gehören Klassiker wie John Wesleys \"Notes on "
+"the Bible\", Matthew Henrys Kommentar und Luthers \"Kommentar über Galater"
+"\". \" Mit dem <emphasis>Persönlichen</emphasis> Kommentar sind Sie in der "
+"Lage <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-parts-desk-write\">Ihre eigenen Notizen</link> "
+"über Bibelabschnitte zu erstellen."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:58
msgid "Daily devotionals"
@@ -406,7 +449,13 @@ msgid ""
"Encyclopaedia. Dictionaries available include Strong's Hebrew Bible "
"Dictionary, Strong's Greek Bible Dictionary, Webster's Revised Unabridged "
"Dictionary of the English Language 1913, Nave's Topical Bible."
-msgstr "Zu den verfügbaren Wörterbüchern gehören: Robinsons \"Morphological Analysis Codes\", Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebräisch-Lexikon und die Enzyklopädie der International Standard Bible. Zu den erhältlichen Wörterbüchern gehören u.a. Strongs \"Hebrew Bible Dictionary\", Strongs \"Greek Bible Dictionary\", Websters \"Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913\" und Naves \"Topical Bible\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Zu den verfügbaren Wörterbüchern gehören: Robinsons \"Morphological Analysis "
+"Codes\", Brown-Driver-Briggs Hebräisch-Lexikon und die Enzyklopädie der "
+"International Standard Bible. Zu den erhältlichen Wörterbüchern gehören u.a. "
+"Strongs \"Hebrew Bible Dictionary\", Strongs \"Greek Bible Dictionary\", "
+"Websters \"Revised Unabridged Dictionary of the English Language 1913\" und "
+"Naves \"Topical Bible\"."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:80
msgid "Motivation"
@@ -421,7 +470,9 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Unser Verlangen ist es, Gott zu dienen und unseren Teil dazu beizutragen, "
"dass andere in ihrer Beziehung mit IHM wachsen. Wir haben uns bemüht dies zu "
-"einem mächtigen und hochwertigen Programm zu machen, das jedoch gleichzeitig einfach und intuitiv zu bedienen ist. Es ist unser Bedürfnis, dass Gott gepriesen wird, da Er die Quelle aller guten Dinge ist."
+"einem mächtigen und hochwertigen Programm zu machen, das jedoch gleichzeitig "
+"einfach und intuitiv zu bedienen ist. Es ist unser Bedürfnis, dass Gott "
+"gepriesen wird, da Er die Quelle aller guten Dinge ist."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-intro.docbook:87
msgid "James 1:17, NASB"
@@ -468,7 +519,16 @@ msgid ""
"then the Mag will display the actual content of the footnote. The toolbar "
"gives you quick access to important functions, and the Desk on the right "
"side is where you do your real work."
-msgstr "Sie können leicht die verschiedenen Abschnitte des Applikations-Fensters erkennen. Das Fenster oben links erlaubt das Öffnen installierter Werke im Bücherregal-Reiter. Mit dem Lesezeichen-Reiter können Sie Ihre Lesezeichen verwalten. Das kleine \"Lupen\"-Fenster unterhalb des Bücherregals zeigt in Dokumenten eingebettete Extra-Informationen an. Wenn Sie beispielsweise Ihre Maus über Fußnoten-Markierungen bewegen, wird das Lupenfenster den tatsächlichen Inhalt der Fußnote anzeigen. Die Werkzeugleiste erlaubt Ihnen den schnellen Zugriff auf wichtige Funktionen und auf dem Pult auf der rechten Seite verrichten Sie Ihre eigentliche Arbeit."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können leicht die verschiedenen Abschnitte des Applikations-Fensters "
+"erkennen. Das Fenster oben links erlaubt das Öffnen installierter Werke im "
+"Bücherregal-Reiter. Mit dem Lesezeichen-Reiter können Sie Ihre Lesezeichen "
+"verwalten. Das kleine \"Lupen\"-Fenster unterhalb des Bücherregals zeigt in "
+"Dokumenten eingebettete Extra-Informationen an. Wenn Sie beispielsweise Ihre "
+"Maus über Fußnoten-Markierungen bewegen, wird das Lupenfenster den "
+"tatsächlichen Inhalt der Fußnote anzeigen. Die Werkzeugleiste erlaubt Ihnen "
+"den schnellen Zugriff auf wichtige Funktionen und auf dem Pult auf der "
+"rechten Seite verrichten Sie Ihre eigentliche Arbeit."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:25
msgid ""
@@ -529,7 +589,15 @@ msgid ""
"you want to open, and it will be opened for reading at the specified "
"location. You can also drag a verse reference into an existing read window, "
"then it will jump to the specified location."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie ein bestimmtes Werk lesen und ein anderes Werk bezüglich des aktuellen Textabschnittes öffnen möchten, können Sie einen Kurzbefehl verwenden. Klicken Sie einfach mit der <mousebutton>linken Maustaste</mousebutton> auf den Vers-/Abschnitts-Verweis (der Zeiger wird zur Hand) und ziehen Sie ihn zum Bücherregal. Lassen Sie auf dem zu öffnenden Werk los und es wird zum Lesen an der spezifizierten Stelle geöffnet. Außerdem können Sie einen Versverweis in ein bereits existierendes Lesefenster ziehen, es wird dann zur gewünschten Stelle gesprungen."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie ein bestimmtes Werk lesen und ein anderes Werk bezüglich des "
+"aktuellen Textabschnittes öffnen möchten, können Sie einen Kurzbefehl "
+"verwenden. Klicken Sie einfach mit der <mousebutton>linken Maustaste</"
+"mousebutton> auf den Vers-/Abschnitts-Verweis (der Zeiger wird zur Hand) und "
+"ziehen Sie ihn zum Bücherregal. Lassen Sie auf dem zu öffnenden Werk los und "
+"es wird zum Lesen an der spezifizierten Stelle geöffnet. Außerdem können Sie "
+"einen Versverweis in ein bereits existierendes Lesefenster ziehen, es wird "
+"dann zur gewünschten Stelle gesprungen."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:62
msgid "Additional information about works"
@@ -547,9 +615,16 @@ msgid ""
"\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\"> this page</"
"ulink> on the Crosswire Bible Society web site."
msgstr ""
-"Wenn Sie mit der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> auf das Symbol eines Werkes klicken, öffnet sich Ihnen ein Menü mit weiteren für das Werk relevanten Einträgen. <guimenuitem>\"Über...\"</guimenuitem> öffnet ein Fenster mit einer Vielzahl an interessanten Informationen über das gewählte Werk. <guimenuitem>\"Entschlüsseln...\"</guimenuitem> öffnet ein kleines Dialogfenster für verschlüsselte Dokumente, in dem Sie den Entschlüsselungs-Schlüssel für den Zugriff eingeben können. Für weitere Informationen über verschlüsselte Werke, lesen Sie bitte <ulink url="
-"\"http://www.crosswire.org/sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\">diese Seite</"
-"ulink> auf der Website der Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft."
+"Wenn Sie mit der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> auf das Symbol "
+"eines Werkes klicken, öffnet sich Ihnen ein Menü mit weiteren für das Werk "
+"relevanten Einträgen. <guimenuitem>\"Über...\"</guimenuitem> öffnet ein "
+"Fenster mit einer Vielzahl an interessanten Informationen über das gewählte "
+"Werk. <guimenuitem>\"Entschlüsseln...\"</guimenuitem> öffnet ein kleines "
+"Dialogfenster für verschlüsselte Dokumente, in dem Sie den Entschlüsselungs-"
+"Schlüssel für den Zugriff eingeben können. Für weitere Informationen über "
+"verschlüsselte Werke, lesen Sie bitte <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire.org/"
+"sword/modules/aboutlocked.jsp\">diese Seite</ulink> auf der Website der "
+"Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:79
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:205
@@ -565,7 +640,14 @@ msgid ""
"search dialog. You will be searching in all of these documents. A complete "
"description of the operation of the search features can be found <link "
"linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">here</link>."
-msgstr "Sie können ein Werk durchsuchen, indem Sie mit der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> auf sein Symbol klicken und <guimenuitem>\"Suche in...\"</guimenuitem> auswählen. Indem Sie &Shift; und auf andere Werke klicken, können Sie mehr als ein Werk auswählen. Dann folgen Sie demselben Ablauf, um ein Such-Dialogfenster zu öffnen. Sie werden so in jedem dieser Dokumente suchen. Eine vollständige Beschreibung der Sucheigenschaften können Sie <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">hier</link> finden."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können ein Werk durchsuchen, indem Sie mit der <mousebutton>rechten "
+"Maustaste</mousebutton> auf sein Symbol klicken und <guimenuitem>\"Suche "
+"in...\"</guimenuitem> auswählen. Indem Sie &Shift; und auf andere Werke "
+"klicken, können Sie mehr als ein Werk auswählen. Dann folgen Sie demselben "
+"Ablauf, um ein Such-Dialogfenster zu öffnen. Sie werden so in jedem dieser "
+"Dokumente suchen. Eine vollständige Beschreibung der Sucheigenschaften "
+"können Sie <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">hier</link> finden."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:93
msgid "Working with bookmarks"
@@ -579,7 +661,13 @@ msgid ""
"guimenuitem> to create a new bookmark subfolder. You can use normal drag "
"&amp; drop functions to drag verse references from read windows or search "
"results to the bookmark folder, and to rearrange bookmarks between folders."
-msgstr "Klicken Sie mit der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> auf den Lesezeichen-Reiter im Bücherregal und wählen Sie <guimenuitem>\"Neuer Ordner\"</guimenuitem> aus, um ein neues Unterverzeichnis zu erstellen. Sie können normale Drag&amp;Drop-Funktionen nutzen, um Versverweise aus Lesefenstern oder Suchergebnissen zum Lesezeichen-Ordner zu ziehen und um Lesezeichen zwischen Verzeichnissen neu anzuordnen."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicken Sie mit der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> auf den "
+"Lesezeichen-Reiter im Bücherregal und wählen Sie <guimenuitem>\"Neuer Ordner"
+"\"</guimenuitem> aus, um ein neues Unterverzeichnis zu erstellen. Sie können "
+"normale Drag&amp;Drop-Funktionen nutzen, um Versverweise aus Lesefenstern "
+"oder Suchergebnissen zum Lesezeichen-Ordner zu ziehen und um Lesezeichen "
+"zwischen Verzeichnissen neu anzuordnen."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:108
@@ -589,13 +677,22 @@ msgid ""
"folder as described above, and select <guimenuitem>\"Export bookmarks\"</"
"guimenuitem>. This will bring up a dialog box for you to save the bookmark "
"collection. You can import bookmarks in a similar way."
-msgstr "Außerdem ist es Ihnen möglich, Lesezeichen anderer Personen zu importieren sowie eigene Lesezeichen zu exportieren, um sie mit anderen zu teilen. Um dies zu tun, öffnen Sie das <guimenuitem>Kontextmenü</guimenuitem> des Lesezeichen-Ordners wie oben beschrieben und wählen Sie <guimenuitem>\"Aus Verzeichnis exportieren...\"</guimenuitem>. Dies wird ein Dialogfenster öffnen, mit dem Sie die Lesezeichen-Sammlung abspeichern können. Das Importieren von Lesezeichen funktioniert in der gleichen Weise."
+msgstr ""
+"Außerdem ist es Ihnen möglich, Lesezeichen anderer Personen zu importieren "
+"sowie eigene Lesezeichen zu exportieren, um sie mit anderen zu teilen. Um "
+"dies zu tun, öffnen Sie das <guimenuitem>Kontextmenü</guimenuitem> des "
+"Lesezeichen-Ordners wie oben beschrieben und wählen Sie <guimenuitem>\"Aus "
+"Verzeichnis exportieren...\"</guimenuitem>. Dies wird ein Dialogfenster "
+"öffnen, mit dem Sie die Lesezeichen-Sammlung abspeichern können. Das "
+"Importieren von Lesezeichen funktioniert in der gleichen Weise."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:116
msgid ""
"You can also click with the <mousebutton>right</mousebutton> on folders and "
"bookmarks to change their names and descriptions."
-msgstr "Auch können Sie mit der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> auf Ordner und Lesezeichen klicken, um ihre Namen und Beschreibungen zu ändern."
+msgstr ""
+"Auch können Sie mit der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> auf "
+"Ordner und Lesezeichen klicken, um ihre Namen und Beschreibungen zu ändern."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:123
msgid "The Mag(nifying glass)"
@@ -630,7 +727,8 @@ msgstr ""
"Auf der Arbeitsfläche findet die eigentliche Arbeit mit &bibletime; statt. "
"Hier können Sie Werke aus dem Bücherregal öffnen, sie lesen, darin <link "
"linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">suchen</link> und sogar ihre persönlichen "
-"Anmerkungen im persönlichen Kommentar speichern (siehe <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-parts-desk-write\">unten</link>)."
+"Anmerkungen im persönlichen Kommentar speichern (siehe <link linkend=\"hdbk-"
+"op-parts-desk-write\">unten</link>)."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:143
@@ -643,7 +741,12 @@ msgid ""
"you know from your browser."
msgstr ""
"Wie wir <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-parts-bookshelf-open\">bereits gesehen</"
-"link> haben, können Sie Werke zum Lesen leicht duch Klicken auf ihr Symbol im Bücherregal öffnen. Ein Lesefenster wird sich auf der Arbeitsfläche öffnen. Jedes Lesefenster hat seine eigene Werkzeugleiste. Dort finden Sie Werkzeuge, um innerhalb des Werkes, auf das sich das Lesefenster bezieht, zu navigieren. Außerdem finden sich dort Verlaufsknöpfe in der Art, wie Sie sie von Ihrem Browser her gewohnt sind."
+"link> haben, können Sie Werke zum Lesen leicht duch Klicken auf ihr Symbol "
+"im Bücherregal öffnen. Ein Lesefenster wird sich auf der Arbeitsfläche "
+"öffnen. Jedes Lesefenster hat seine eigene Werkzeugleiste. Dort finden Sie "
+"Werkzeuge, um innerhalb des Werkes, auf das sich das Lesefenster bezieht, zu "
+"navigieren. Außerdem finden sich dort Verlaufsknöpfe in der Art, wie Sie sie "
+"von Ihrem Browser her gewohnt sind."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:154
msgid "Read window placement"
@@ -660,7 +763,16 @@ msgid ""
"this, you have to select one of the automatic placement modes available at "
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice>. Just try it out, it's simple and works."
-msgstr "Selbstverständlich können Sie mehrere Werke gleichzeitig öffnen. Es gibt verschiedene Möglichkeiten, die Lesefenster auf der Arbeitsfläche anzuordnen. Schauen Sie sich ruhig mal das <guimenu>Fenster</guimenu>-Menü im Hauptmenü an. Dort sehen Sie, dass Sie entweder die Fensteranordnung vollständig selbst kontrollieren oder &bibletime; die automatische Anordnung überlassen können. Um letzteres zu erreichen, wählen Sie eines der verfügbaren automatischen Anordnungsarten in <menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Anordnungs-Art</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> aus. Probieren Sie's einfach aus, es ist leicht und funktioniert."
+msgstr ""
+"Selbstverständlich können Sie mehrere Werke gleichzeitig öffnen. Es gibt "
+"verschiedene Möglichkeiten, die Lesefenster auf der Arbeitsfläche "
+"anzuordnen. Schauen Sie sich ruhig mal das <guimenu>Fenster</guimenu>-Menü "
+"im Hauptmenü an. Dort sehen Sie, dass Sie entweder die Fensteranordnung "
+"vollständig selbst kontrollieren oder &bibletime; die automatische Anordnung "
+"überlassen können. Um letzteres zu erreichen, wählen Sie eines der "
+"verfügbaren automatischen Anordnungsarten in <menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenster</"
+"guimenu> <guimenuitem>Anordnungs-Art</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> aus. "
+"Probieren Sie's einfach aus, es ist leicht und funktioniert."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:170
msgid "Editing your own commentary"
@@ -673,8 +785,10 @@ msgid ""
"crosswire.org\">Crosswire Bible Society</ulink>. This work is called "
"\"Personal commentary\"."
msgstr ""
-"Um Ihre eigenen Kommentare über Bibelabschnitte zu speichern, müssen Sie ein bestimmtes Werk von der Bibliothek der <ulink url=\"http://www."
-"crosswire.org\">Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft</ulink> installieren. Dieses Werk heißt \"Persönlicher Kommentar\"."
+"Um Ihre eigenen Kommentare über Bibelabschnitte zu speichern, müssen Sie ein "
+"bestimmtes Werk von der Bibliothek der <ulink url=\"http://www.crosswire.org"
+"\">Crosswire Bibelgesellschaft</ulink> installieren. Dieses Werk heißt "
+"\"Persönlicher Kommentar\"."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:177
msgid ""
@@ -686,22 +800,33 @@ msgid ""
"this work</guimenu> and then either <guimenuitem>Plain text</guimenuitem>"
"(source code editor) or <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem>(basic gui wysiwyg "
"editor)."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie den persönlichen Kommentar durch Klicken auf sein Symbol im Bücherregal mit der <mousebutton>linken Maustaste</mousebutton> öffnen, wird dieser im Nur-Lese-Modus geöffnet. Es wird Ihnen nicht möglich sein, ihn in diesem Modus zu editieren. Falls Sie Anmerkungen zu Ihrem persönlichen Kommentar hinzufügen möchten, müssen Sie diesen mit der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> öffnen und dann <guimenu>Bearbeiten</guimenu> und dann entweder <guimenuitem>Reintext</guimenuitem> (Quellcode-Editor) oder <guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem> (simpler WYSIWYG-GUI-Editor) auswählen."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie den persönlichen Kommentar durch Klicken auf sein Symbol im "
+"Bücherregal mit der <mousebutton>linken Maustaste</mousebutton> öffnen, wird "
+"dieser im Nur-Lese-Modus geöffnet. Es wird Ihnen nicht möglich sein, ihn in "
+"diesem Modus zu editieren. Falls Sie Anmerkungen zu Ihrem persönlichen "
+"Kommentar hinzufügen möchten, müssen Sie diesen mit der <mousebutton>rechten "
+"Maustaste</mousebutton> öffnen und dann <guimenu>Bearbeiten</guimenu> und "
+"dann entweder <guimenuitem>Reintext</guimenuitem> (Quellcode-Editor) oder "
+"<guimenuitem>HTML</guimenuitem> (simpler WYSIWYG-GUI-Editor) auswählen."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:190
msgid ""
"If <menuchoice> <guimenu>Edit this work</guimenu> </menuchoice> is "
"deactivated, please check if you have write permission for the files of the "
"personal commentary."
-msgstr "Falls <menuchoice> <guimenu>Bearbeiten</guimenu> </menuchoice> deaktiviert ist, überprüfen Sie, ob sie Schreibberechtigung für diese Dateien des persönlichen Kommentars besitzen."
+msgstr ""
+"Falls <menuchoice> <guimenu>Bearbeiten</guimenu> </menuchoice> deaktiviert "
+"ist, überprüfen Sie, ob sie Schreibberechtigung für diese Dateien des "
+"persönlichen Kommentars besitzen."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:198
msgid ""
"Drag &amp; drop works here. Drop a verse reference and the text of the verse "
"will be inserted."
msgstr ""
-"Hier funktioniert Drag&amp;Drop. Lassen Sie hier einen Versverweis fallen, um "
-"den Text des Verses einzufügen."
+"Hier funktioniert Drag&amp;Drop. Lassen Sie hier einen Versverweis fallen, "
+"um den Text des Verses einzufügen."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:208
@@ -718,7 +843,15 @@ msgid ""
"<guimenuitem>Find...</guimenuitem>, or by using the hotkey <keycombo action="
"\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo>. Read on to learn how you can "
"search in entire works."
-msgstr "Sie können nach einem Wort oder Ausdruck im offenen Lesefenster (z.B. in dem Bibel-Kapitel, das Sie gerade lesen) suchen, ganz wie Sie es von anderen Programmen her gewohnt sind. Diese Funktion kann entweder durch Klicken mit der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> und Auswahl von <guimenuitem>Finden...</guimenuitem>, oder durch Anwenden des Kurzbefehls <keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo> erreicht werden. Lesen Sie weiter, um zu erfahren, wie Sie in ganzen Werken suchen können."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können nach einem Wort oder Ausdruck im offenen Lesefenster (z.B. in dem "
+"Bibel-Kapitel, das Sie gerade lesen) suchen, ganz wie Sie es von anderen "
+"Programmen her gewohnt sind. Diese Funktion kann entweder durch Klicken mit "
+"der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> und Auswahl von "
+"<guimenuitem>Finden...</guimenuitem>, oder durch Anwenden des Kurzbefehls "
+"<keycombo action=\"simul\"> <keycap>&Ctrl;F</keycap></keycombo> erreicht "
+"werden. Lesen Sie weiter, um zu erfahren, wie Sie in ganzen Werken suchen "
+"können."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:221
msgid "Accessing the search dialog"
@@ -732,7 +865,14 @@ msgid ""
"&Shift; or &Ctrl; and clicking on other work's names you can select more "
"than one. Then follow the same procedure to open the search dialog. You will "
"be searching in all of these works at the same time."
-msgstr "Sie können in einem Werk suchen, indem Sie mit der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> auf das Symbol im <guimenu>Bücherregal</guimenu> klicken und <guimenuitem>Suche in...</guimenuitem> auswählen. Indem Sie &Shift; oder &Ctrl; gedrückt halten und auf Namen anderer Werke klicken, ist eine Auswahl mehrerer Werke möglich. Befolgen Sie denselben Ablauf, um den Suchdialog zu öffnen. Sie werden dann in jedem dieser Werke gleichzeitig suchen."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können in einem Werk suchen, indem Sie mit der <mousebutton>rechten "
+"Maustaste</mousebutton> auf das Symbol im <guimenu>Bücherregal</guimenu> "
+"klicken und <guimenuitem>Suche in...</guimenuitem> auswählen. Indem Sie "
+"&Shift; oder &Ctrl; gedrückt halten und auf Namen anderer Werke klicken, ist "
+"eine Auswahl mehrerer Werke möglich. Befolgen Sie denselben Ablauf, um den "
+"Suchdialog zu öffnen. Sie werden dann in jedem dieser Werke gleichzeitig "
+"suchen."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:232
@@ -740,14 +880,19 @@ msgid ""
"You can also access the search dialog by clicking on <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Search</guimenu> </menuchoice> from the main menu, and selecting "
"the appropriate entry."
-msgstr "Sie erreichen den Suchdialog außerdem, indem Sie auf <menuchoice> <guimenu>Suche</guimenu> </menuchoice> im Hauptmenü klicken und den entsprechenden Eintrag auswählen."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie erreichen den Suchdialog außerdem, indem Sie auf <menuchoice> "
+"<guimenu>Suche</guimenu> </menuchoice> im Hauptmenü klicken und den "
+"entsprechenden Eintrag auswählen."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:238
msgid ""
"A third possibility to start searches is to click on the search symbol in an "
"open read window."
-msgstr "Eine dritte Möglichkeit, Suchen zu starten, ist, auf das Suchsymbol in einem offenen Lesefenster zu klicken."
+msgstr ""
+"Eine dritte Möglichkeit, Suchen zu starten, ist, auf das Suchsymbol in einem "
+"offenen Lesefenster zu klicken."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:243
msgid "Search configuration"
@@ -767,7 +912,11 @@ msgid ""
"(works). If you would like to search in multiple works, click on this button "
"and you will be offered a menu where you can select the works you want to "
"search in."
-msgstr "Oben im Optionen-Reiter finden Sie <guibutton>Auswählen...</guibutton>. Falls Sie in mehreren Werken suchen möchten, klicken Sie auf diesen Knopf und es wird sich Ihnen ein Menü auftun, in dem Sie die zu durchsuchenden Werke wählen können."
+msgstr ""
+"Oben im Optionen-Reiter finden Sie <guibutton>Auswählen...</guibutton>. "
+"Falls Sie in mehreren Werken suchen möchten, klicken Sie auf diesen Knopf "
+"und es wird sich Ihnen ein Menü auftun, in dem Sie die zu durchsuchenden "
+"Werke wählen können."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:261
msgid "Using Search Scopes"
@@ -780,7 +929,12 @@ msgid ""
"selecting one of the predefined scopes from the list in <guimenu>Search "
"scope</guimenu>. You can define your own search ranges by clicking the "
"<guibutton>Setup ranges</guibutton> button."
-msgstr "Sie können nun den Suchbereich auf bestimmte Bibelabschnitte eingrenzen, indem Sie einen der vordefinierten Suchbereiche aus der Liste <guimenu>Bereich:</guimenu> auswählen. Desweiteren können Sie Ihre eigenen Suchbereiche festlegen, indem Sie auf <guibutton>Einrichten...</guibutton> klicken."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können nun den Suchbereich auf bestimmte Bibelabschnitte eingrenzen, "
+"indem Sie einen der vordefinierten Suchbereiche aus der Liste "
+"<guimenu>Bereich:</guimenu> auswählen. Desweiteren können Sie Ihre eigenen "
+"Suchbereiche festlegen, indem Sie auf <guibutton>Einrichten...</guibutton> "
+"klicken."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><title>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:270
@@ -793,7 +947,10 @@ msgid ""
"Enter search terms separated by spaces. By default the search function will "
"return results that match any of the search terms (OR). To search for all "
"the terms separate the terms by AND."
-msgstr "Geben Sie Suchtermini getrennt von Leerzeichen ein. Standardmäßig wird die Suchfunktion Ergebnisse zurückliefern, die auf jeden der Suchtermini zutreffen (OR). Um nach allen Suchtermini zu suchen, trennen Sie sie mit AND."
+msgstr ""
+"Geben Sie Suchtermini getrennt von Leerzeichen ein. Standardmäßig wird die "
+"Suchfunktion Ergebnisse zurückliefern, die auf jeden der Suchtermini "
+"zutreffen (OR). Um nach allen Suchtermini zu suchen, trennen Sie sie mit AND."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:275
@@ -801,7 +958,10 @@ msgid ""
"You can use wildcards: '*' matches any sequence of characters, while '?' "
"matches any single character. The use of brackets allows you to group your "
"search terms, e.g. '(Jesus OR spirit) AND God'."
-msgstr "Sie können Platzhalter verwenden. '*' steht für jede Zeichensequenz, während '?' auf jedes einzelne Zeichen zutrifft. Das Benutzen von Klammern erlaubt Ihnen das Gruppieren der Suchbegriffe, z.B. '(Jesus OR Geist) AND Gott'."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können Platzhalter verwenden. '*' steht für jede Zeichensequenz, während "
+"'?' auf jedes einzelne Zeichen zutrifft. Das Benutzen von Klammern erlaubt "
+"Ihnen das Gruppieren der Suchbegriffe, z.B. '(Jesus OR Geist) AND Gott'."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><sect3><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:279
@@ -809,7 +969,10 @@ msgid ""
"To search text other than the main text, enter the text type followed by "
"':', and then the search term. For example, to search for the Strong's "
"number H8077, use 'strong:H8077'."
-msgstr "Um Text außerhalb des Haupttextes zu finden, geben Sie die Textart gefolgt von einem ':' und dem Suchbegriff ein. Wollen Sie zum Beispiel nach der Strong-Nummer H8077 suchen, benutzen Sie 'strong:H8077'."
+msgstr ""
+"Um Text außerhalb des Haupttextes zu finden, geben Sie die Textart gefolgt "
+"von einem ':' und dem Suchbegriff ein. Wollen Sie zum Beispiel nach der "
+"Strong-Nummer H8077 suchen, benutzen Sie 'strong:H8077'."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:283
msgid "Available text types:"
@@ -873,7 +1036,8 @@ msgid ""
"\"http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html\"> http://lucene.apache.org/"
"java/docs/index.html</ulink>"
msgstr ""
-"&bibletime; benutzt die Lucene Suchmaschine, um Suchen auszuführen. Sie hat viele erweiterte Funktionen, Sie können hier mehr über Sie lesen: <ulink url="
+"&bibletime; benutzt die Lucene Suchmaschine, um Suchen auszuführen. Sie hat "
+"viele erweiterte Funktionen, Sie können hier mehr über Sie lesen: <ulink url="
"\"http://lucene.apache.org/java/docs/index.html\"> http://lucene.apache.org/"
"java/docs/index.html</ulink>"
@@ -890,25 +1054,39 @@ msgid ""
"certain work at once. This also works when you click on one or more of the "
"references to copy, save or print them. Clicking on a particular reference "
"opens that verse up in context in the preview window below."
-msgstr "Hier können Sie erkennen, wieviele Instanzen des Suchstrings gefunden wurden, nach Werken sortiert. Das Klicken mit der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> erlaubt Ihnen alle in einem bestimmten Werk gefundenen Verse auf einmal zu kopieren, zu speichern oder zu drucken. Dies funktioniert auch, wenn Sie auf einen oder mehrere der Verweise klicken, um sie zu kopieren, zu speichern oder zu drucken. Das Klicken auf einen bestimmten Verweis öffnet ihn mit Kontext unterhalb im Vorschaufenster."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie erkennen, wieviele Instanzen des Suchstrings gefunden "
+"wurden, nach Werken sortiert. Das Klicken mit der <mousebutton>rechten "
+"Maustaste</mousebutton> erlaubt Ihnen alle in einem bestimmten Werk "
+"gefundenen Verse auf einmal zu kopieren, zu speichern oder zu drucken. Dies "
+"funktioniert auch, wenn Sie auf einen oder mehrere der Verweise klicken, um "
+"sie zu kopieren, zu speichern oder zu drucken. Das Klicken auf einen "
+"bestimmten Verweis öffnet ihn mit Kontext unterhalb im Vorschaufenster."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:331
msgid ""
"Drag a reference and drop it on a work symbol on the Bookshelf to open the "
"work at that verse in a new read window."
-msgstr "Ziehen Sie einen Versverweis zum Bücherregal und lassen Sie ihn auf einem Werkssymbol los, so öffnet sich das Werk an der Stelle in einem neuen Lesefenster, auf die der Verweis zeigt."
+msgstr ""
+"Ziehen Sie einen Versverweis zum Bücherregal und lassen Sie ihn auf einem "
+"Werkssymbol los, so öffnet sich das Werk an der Stelle in einem neuen "
+"Lesefenster, auf die der Verweis zeigt."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:336
msgid ""
"Drag a reference and drop it on an open read window, and it will jump to "
"that verse."
-msgstr "Ziehen Sie einen Versverweis auf ein offenes Lesefenster und lassen Sie ihn dann los, wird zu dieser Stelle gesprungen."
+msgstr ""
+"Ziehen Sie einen Versverweis auf ein offenes Lesefenster und lassen Sie ihn "
+"dann los, wird zu dieser Stelle gesprungen."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:340
msgid "Select references and drag them to the Bookshelf to create bookmarks."
-msgstr "Wählen Sie Verweise und ziehen Sie sie zum Bücherregal, um Lesezeichen zu erstellen."
+msgstr ""
+"Wählen Sie Verweise und ziehen Sie sie zum Bücherregal, um Lesezeichen zu "
+"erstellen."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:344
msgid "Search result analysis"
@@ -920,7 +1098,11 @@ msgid ""
"display. This gives a simple graphic analysis of the number of instances the "
"search string was found in each book of the Bible, and you can also save the "
"analysis."
-msgstr "Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Ergebnisse analysieren...</guibutton>, um die Anzeige der Suchergebnis-Analyse zu öffnen. Sie zeigt eine einfache graphische Analyse des Auftretens in jedem Buch der Bibel. Auch können Sie die Analyse abspeichern."
+msgstr ""
+"Klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Ergebnisse analysieren...</guibutton>, um die "
+"Anzeige der Suchergebnis-Analyse zu öffnen. Sie zeigt eine einfache "
+"graphische Analyse des Auftretens in jedem Buch der Bibel. Auch können Sie "
+"die Analyse abspeichern."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:351
msgid "Search Analysis Dialog Box"
@@ -938,7 +1120,13 @@ msgid ""
"existing works from your Bookshelf. Access it by clicking <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</guimenuitem> </"
"menuchoice> in the main menu."
-msgstr "Die <guimenuitem>Bücherregal-Verwaltung</guimenuitem> ist ein Werkzeug, das Ihnen die Verwaltung des Bücherregals ermöglicht. Sie können neue Werke zu Ihrem Bücherregal hinzufügen oder existierende Werke aktualisieren oder Sie aus dem Bücherregal entfernen. Greifen Sie darauf zu, indem Sie auf <menuchoice> <guimenu>Einstellungen</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bücherregal-Verwaltung</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> im Hauptmenü klicken."
+msgstr ""
+"Die <guimenuitem>Bücherregal-Verwaltung</guimenuitem> ist ein Werkzeug, das "
+"Ihnen die Verwaltung des Bücherregals ermöglicht. Sie können neue Werke zu "
+"Ihrem Bücherregal hinzufügen oder existierende Werke aktualisieren oder Sie "
+"aus dem Bücherregal entfernen. Greifen Sie darauf zu, indem Sie auf "
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Einstellungen</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bücherregal-"
+"Verwaltung</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> im Hauptmenü klicken."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:374
msgid "Bookshelf path(s) setup"
@@ -950,7 +1138,10 @@ msgid ""
"Here you can specify where &bibletime; may store your Bookshelf on the hard "
"drive. You can even store it in multiple directories. Default is \"~/.sword/"
"\"."
-msgstr "Hier können Sie festlegen, wo &bibletime; Ihr Bücherregal auf der Festplatte abspeichern soll. Sie können es sogar in verschiedenen Verzeichnissen speichern. Die Voreinstellung ist \"~/.sword/\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Hier können Sie festlegen, wo &bibletime; Ihr Bücherregal auf der Festplatte "
+"abspeichern soll. Sie können es sogar in verschiedenen Verzeichnissen "
+"speichern. Die Voreinstellung ist \"~/.sword/\"."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><tip><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:379
@@ -959,7 +1150,12 @@ msgid ""
"disk, but use them directly from the CD, then you can add the path to the CD "
"as one of your bookshelf paths. When you start &bibletime;, it will show all "
"works on the CD if it is present."
-msgstr "Wenn Sie eine Sword-CD besitzen aber nicht alle Werke auf die Festplatte installieren wollen und sie direkt von der CD nutzen wollen, so können Sie den Pfad der CD als einen Ihrer Bücherregal-Pfade hinzufügen. Wenn Sie &bibletime; starten, wird es alle Werke auf der CD anzeigen, wenn sie eingelegt ist."
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn Sie eine Sword-CD besitzen aber nicht alle Werke auf die Festplatte "
+"installieren wollen und sie direkt von der CD nutzen wollen, so können Sie "
+"den Pfad der CD als einen Ihrer Bücherregal-Pfade hinzufügen. Wenn Sie "
+"&bibletime; starten, wird es alle Werke auf der CD anzeigen, wenn sie "
+"eingelegt ist."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:387
msgid "Install/update work(s)"
@@ -974,7 +1170,14 @@ msgid ""
"repository of Sword modules, or another site offering Sword modules). You "
"can manage your libraries with <guibutton>Add library</guibutton> and "
"<guibutton>Delete library</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Mit dieser Einrichtung können Sie sich mit einer Quelle von Werken (genannt \"Bibliothek\") in Verbindung setzen und ein oder mehrere Werke zu Ihrem lokalen Bücherregal übertragen. Diese Bibliotheken können lokal sein (z.B. eine Sword-CD) oder entfernt-gelegen (z.B. Crosswires Online-Repository der Sword-Module, oder eine andere Site, die Sword-Module anbietet). Sie können Ihre Bibliotheken mit <guibutton>Hinzufügen...</guibutton> und <guibutton>Löschen...</guibutton> verwalten."
+msgstr ""
+"Mit dieser Einrichtung können Sie sich mit einer Quelle von Werken (genannt "
+"\"Bibliothek\") in Verbindung setzen und ein oder mehrere Werke zu Ihrem "
+"lokalen Bücherregal übertragen. Diese Bibliotheken können lokal sein (z.B. "
+"eine Sword-CD) oder entfernt-gelegen (z.B. Crosswires Online-Repository der "
+"Sword-Module, oder eine andere Site, die Sword-Module anbietet). Sie können "
+"Ihre Bibliotheken mit <guibutton>Hinzufügen...</guibutton> und "
+"<guibutton>Löschen...</guibutton> verwalten."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:396
@@ -988,7 +1191,18 @@ msgid ""
"all works that you want to install or update, and click on "
"<guibutton>Install works</guibutton>. They will then be transferred to your "
"Bookshelf."
-msgstr "Um den Installations- oder Aktualisierungsvorgang zu starten, suchen Sie eine Bibliothek aus, mit der Sie sich verbinden wollen und einen lokalen Bücherregal-Pfad, wohin die Werke installiert werden sollen. Dann klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Auffrischen...</guibutton>. &bibletime; wird den Inhalt der Bibliothek scannen und Ihnen eine Liste mit Werken anzeigen, die Sie Ihrem Bücherregal hinzufügen können oder die Sie schon installiert haben, die aber in einer aktuelleren Version in der Bibliothek vorliegen und aktualisiert werden können. Sie können dann alle Werke, die Sie installieren oder aktualisieren wollen markieren und anschließend auf <guibutton>Installieren...</guibutton> klicken. Sie werden dann zu Ihrem Bücherregal übertragen."
+msgstr ""
+"Um den Installations- oder Aktualisierungsvorgang zu starten, suchen Sie "
+"eine Bibliothek aus, mit der Sie sich verbinden wollen und einen lokalen "
+"Bücherregal-Pfad, wohin die Werke installiert werden sollen. Dann klicken "
+"Sie auf <guibutton>Auffrischen...</guibutton>. &bibletime; wird den Inhalt "
+"der Bibliothek scannen und Ihnen eine Liste mit Werken anzeigen, die Sie "
+"Ihrem Bücherregal hinzufügen können oder die Sie schon installiert haben, "
+"die aber in einer aktuelleren Version in der Bibliothek vorliegen und "
+"aktualisiert werden können. Sie können dann alle Werke, die Sie installieren "
+"oder aktualisieren wollen markieren und anschließend auf "
+"<guibutton>Installieren...</guibutton> klicken. Sie werden dann zu Ihrem "
+"Bücherregal übertragen."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:409
msgid "Remove work(s)"
@@ -1000,7 +1214,10 @@ msgid ""
"This facility allows you to delete one or more of the works from your "
"Bookshelf too free up disk space. Simply mark the items and click on "
"<guibutton>Remove works</guibutton>."
-msgstr "Diese Einrichtung erlaubt Ihnen, eines oder mehrere Werke aus Ihrem Bücherregal zu entfernen, um Plattenspeicherplatz zu gewinnen. Markieren Sei einfach die Posten und klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Entfernen...</guibutton>."
+msgstr ""
+"Diese Einrichtung erlaubt Ihnen, eines oder mehrere Werke aus Ihrem "
+"Bücherregal zu entfernen, um Plattenspeicherplatz zu gewinnen. Markieren Sei "
+"einfach die Posten und klicken Sie auf <guibutton>Entfernen...</guibutton>."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:416
msgid "Search Indexes"
@@ -1011,7 +1228,9 @@ msgstr "Suchindizes"
msgid ""
"This option allows you to create new search indexes and cleanup orphaned "
"index files for removed works."
-msgstr "Diese Option erlaubt Ihnen, neue Suchindizes zu erstellen und verwaiste Suchindizes entfernter Werke aufzuräumen."
+msgstr ""
+"Diese Option erlaubt Ihnen, neue Suchindizes zu erstellen und verwaiste "
+"Suchindizes entfernter Werke aufzuräumen."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:426
msgid "Exporting and Printing"
@@ -1028,7 +1247,16 @@ msgid ""
"windows, when you click on the normal text or the verse reference, or in the "
"search result page when you click on a work or one or more verse references. "
"It is pretty straightforward, so just try it out."
-msgstr "An vielen Stellen können Sie ein Kontextmenü durch Klicken mit der <mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> öffnen. Abhängig vom Kontext wird es Ihnen ermöglichen, Text mit <guimenuitem>Auswählen</guimenuitem>, <guimenuitem>Kopieren</guimenuitem> (zur Zwischenablage), <guimenuitem>Speichern</guimenuitem> oder <guimenuitem>Drucken</guimenuitem> zu verarbeiten. Dies funktioniert beispielsweise in den Lesefenstern, wenn Sie auf normalen Text oder Versverweise klicken, oder auf der Suchergebnis-Seite, wenn Sie auf ein Werk oder einen oder mehrere Versreferenzen klicken. Es ist ziemlich unkompliziert, versuchen Sie's einfach mal."
+msgstr ""
+"An vielen Stellen können Sie ein Kontextmenü durch Klicken mit der "
+"<mousebutton>rechten Maustaste</mousebutton> öffnen. Abhängig vom Kontext "
+"wird es Ihnen ermöglichen, Text mit <guimenuitem>Auswählen</guimenuitem>, "
+"<guimenuitem>Kopieren</guimenuitem> (zur Zwischenablage), "
+"<guimenuitem>Speichern</guimenuitem> oder <guimenuitem>Drucken</guimenuitem> "
+"zu verarbeiten. Dies funktioniert beispielsweise in den Lesefenstern, wenn "
+"Sie auf normalen Text oder Versverweise klicken, oder auf der Suchergebnis-"
+"Seite, wenn Sie auf ein Werk oder einen oder mehrere Versreferenzen klicken. "
+"Es ist ziemlich unkompliziert, versuchen Sie's einfach mal."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-operation.docbook:440
msgid ""
@@ -1040,7 +1268,9 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Das Drucken in &bibletime; ist relativ primitiv und als Hilfsmittel gedacht. "
"Wenn Sie ein Dokument oder eine Präsentation erstellen, die Text aus "
-"&bibletime;-Werken enthält, empfehlen wir Ihnen, eines der Programme für Präsentationen oder zum Editieren auf Ihrem System zu verwenden, um Ihr Dokument zu formatieren, anstatt von &bibletime; aus direkt zu drucken."
+"&bibletime;-Werken enthält, empfehlen wir Ihnen, eines der Programme für "
+"Präsentationen oder zum Editieren auf Ihrem System zu verwenden, um Ihr "
+"Dokument zu formatieren, anstatt von &bibletime; aus direkt zu drucken."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:2
msgid "Reference"
@@ -1059,7 +1289,13 @@ msgid ""
"belong to. You can also see the hotkey of each item;a complete listing of "
"all hotkeys can be found in <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-hotkeys\">this "
"section</link>."
-msgstr "In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie detaillierte Beschreibungen aller Einträge im &bibletime;-Hauptmenü. Sie sind in der Reihenfolge angeordnet, wie Sie auch in &bibletime; auftauchen und zwar mit allen Untereinträgen unterhalb ihrer jeweiligen Obermenüs. Sie können auch alle Kurzbefehle der Einträge nachschauen, ein komplettes Verzeichnis der Kurzbefehle finden Sie in <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-hotkeys\">diesem Abschnitt</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie detaillierte Beschreibungen aller Einträge im "
+"&bibletime;-Hauptmenü. Sie sind in der Reihenfolge angeordnet, wie Sie auch "
+"in &bibletime; auftauchen und zwar mit allen Untereinträgen unterhalb ihrer "
+"jeweiligen Obermenüs. Sie können auch alle Kurzbefehle der Einträge "
+"nachschauen, ein komplettes Verzeichnis der Kurzbefehle finden Sie in <link "
+"linkend=\"hdbk-reference-hotkeys\">diesem Abschnitt</link>."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:36
msgid ""
@@ -1074,14 +1310,18 @@ msgstr ""
msgid ""
"<action>Toggles full screen display.</action> Toggle this setting to "
"maximize the &bibletime; window."
-msgstr "<action>Auf Vollbild-Ansicht stellen.</action> Diese Einstellung maximiert das &bibletime;-Fenster."
+msgstr ""
+"<action>Auf Vollbild-Ansicht stellen.</action> Diese Einstellung maximiert "
+"das &bibletime;-Fenster."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:88
msgid ""
"<action>Toggles Toolbar display.</action> Toggle this setting to turn the "
"main toolbar on or off."
-msgstr "<action>Werkzeugleiste anzeigen.</action> Diese Funktion stellt die Ansicht der Haupt-Werkzeugleiste an oder aus."
+msgstr ""
+"<action>Werkzeugleiste anzeigen.</action> Diese Funktion stellt die Ansicht "
+"der Haupt-Werkzeugleiste an oder aus."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:102
@@ -1089,7 +1329,10 @@ msgid ""
"<action>Toggles display of the Bookshelf.</action> Toggle this setting to "
"turn the Bookshelf on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need "
"more space for the Mag."
-msgstr "<action>Bücherregal anzeigen.</action> Mit diesem Umschalter können Sie die Ansicht des Bücherregals auf dem linken Abschnitt an- oder ausschalten. Dies kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen."
+msgstr ""
+"<action>Bücherregal anzeigen.</action> Mit diesem Umschalter können Sie die "
+"Ansicht des Bücherregals auf dem linken Abschnitt an- oder ausschalten. Dies "
+"kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:118
@@ -1097,14 +1340,19 @@ msgid ""
"<action>Toggles display of the Bookmarks.</action> Toggle this setting to "
"turn the Bookmarks on the left pane on or off. This can be handy if you need "
"more space for the Mag."
-msgstr "<action>Lesezeichen anzeigen.</action> Mit diesem Umschalter schalten Sie die Lesezeichen-Anzeige am linken Abschnitt an oder aus. Dies kann nützlich sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen."
+msgstr ""
+"<action>Lesezeichen anzeigen.</action> Mit diesem Umschalter schalten Sie "
+"die Lesezeichen-Anzeige am linken Abschnitt an oder aus. Dies kann nützlich "
+"sein, wenn Sie mehr Platz für das Lupenfenster benötigen."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:134
msgid ""
"<action>Toggles display of the Mag(nifying glass).</action> Toggle this "
"setting to turn the Mag on the left pane on or off."
-msgstr "<action>Lupenfenster anzeigen.</action> Dieser Umschalter zeigt das Lupenfenster im linken Abschnitt oder verbirgt es."
+msgstr ""
+"<action>Lupenfenster anzeigen.</action> Dieser Umschalter zeigt das "
+"Lupenfenster im linken Abschnitt oder verbirgt es."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:164
@@ -1112,7 +1360,10 @@ msgid ""
"<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in the standard Bible only</"
"action>. More works can be added in the Search Dialog. A more detailed "
"search description can be found <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">here</link>."
-msgstr "<action>In der Standard-Bibel suchen...</action>. Es können mehr Werke zum Suchdialog hinzugefügt werden. Eine ausführlichere Such-Beschreibung können Sie <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">hier</link> finden."
+msgstr ""
+"<action>In der Standard-Bibel suchen...</action>. Es können mehr Werke zum "
+"Suchdialog hinzugefügt werden. Eine ausführlichere Such-Beschreibung können "
+"Sie <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">hier</link> finden."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:188
@@ -1120,7 +1371,10 @@ msgid ""
"<action>Opens the Search Dialog to search in all open works</action>. Works "
"can be added or removed in the Search Dialog. A more detailed search "
"description can be found <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">here</link>."
-msgstr "<action>In offenen Werken suchen...</action>. Werke können im Suchdialog hinzugefügt oder entfernt werden. Eine ausführlichere Such-Beschreibung können Sie <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">hier</link> finden."
+msgstr ""
+"<action>In offenen Werken suchen...</action>. Werke können im Suchdialog "
+"hinzugefügt oder entfernt werden. Eine ausführlichere Such-Beschreibung "
+"können Sie <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-search\">hier</link> finden."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:213
@@ -1129,28 +1383,39 @@ msgid ""
"context menu where you can select an existing session to save to. It will be "
"overwritten with your current session. See the next item on how to save to a "
"new session."
-msgstr "<action>Sitzung speichern</action>. Dies wird ein Kontextmenü öffnen, in dem Sie eine bereits existierende Sitzung als Ziel zur Abspeicherung auswählen können. Die aktuelle Sitzung wird diese überschreiben. Schauen Sie sich den nächsten Abschnitt an, wie Sie eine neue Sitzung anlegen und abspeichern können."
+msgstr ""
+"<action>Sitzung speichern</action>. Dies wird ein Kontextmenü öffnen, in dem "
+"Sie eine bereits existierende Sitzung als Ziel zur Abspeicherung auswählen "
+"können. Die aktuelle Sitzung wird diese überschreiben. Schauen Sie sich den "
+"nächsten Abschnitt an, wie Sie eine neue Sitzung anlegen und abspeichern "
+"können."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:235
msgid ""
"<action>Saves the current session under a new name</action>. This will ask "
"for a new name to save the session to."
-msgstr "<action>Als neue Sitzung speichern</action>. Diese Funktion wird Sie nach einem neuen Namen für die zu speichernde Sitzung fragen."
+msgstr ""
+"<action>Als neue Sitzung speichern</action>. Diese Funktion wird Sie nach "
+"einem neuen Namen für die zu speichernde Sitzung fragen."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:251
msgid ""
"<action>Loads an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu "
"where you can select an existing session to load."
-msgstr "<action>Sitzung laden</action>. Hiermit wird ein Kontextmenü geöffnet, wo Sie eine existierende Sitzung zum Laden auswählen können."
+msgstr ""
+"<action>Sitzung laden</action>. Hiermit wird ein Kontextmenü geöffnet, wo "
+"Sie eine existierende Sitzung zum Laden auswählen können."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:267
msgid ""
"<action>Deletes an existing session</action>. This will open a context menu "
"where you can select an existing session that should be deleted."
-msgstr "<action>Sitzung löschen</action>. Hiermit öffnen Sie ein Kontextmenü, das Ihnen erlaubt, eine existierende Sitzung zum Löschen auszuwählen."
+msgstr ""
+"<action>Sitzung löschen</action>. Hiermit öffnen Sie ein Kontextmenü, das "
+"Ihnen erlaubt, eine existierende Sitzung zum Löschen auszuwählen."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:283
@@ -1159,7 +1424,11 @@ msgid ""
"opening context menu, you can either specify that you want to take care of "
"the window arrangement yourself (Manual mode) or have &bibletime; handle it "
"for you (Automatic modes, just try them out!)."
-msgstr "<action>Anordnungs-Art</action>. Im sich öffnenden Kontextmenü können Sie bestimmen, dass Sie entweder die Fensteranordnung selbst bestimmen möchten (manueller Modus), oder dass &bibletime; sich um die Fensteranordnung kümmern soll (automatische Modi, probieren Sie's einfach aus!)."
+msgstr ""
+"<action>Anordnungs-Art</action>. Im sich öffnenden Kontextmenü können Sie "
+"bestimmen, dass Sie entweder die Fensteranordnung selbst bestimmen möchten "
+"(manueller Modus), oder dass &bibletime; sich um die Fensteranordnung "
+"kümmern soll (automatische Modi, probieren Sie's einfach aus!)."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:311
msgid "<action>Cascades all open windows</action>."
@@ -1184,7 +1453,12 @@ msgid ""
"configure all kinds of nice settings there to adapt &bibletime; to your "
"needs. Please see <link linkend=\"hdbk-config-bt\">this section</link> for "
"details."
-msgstr "<action>&bibletime; konfigurieren</action>. Dies öffnet den Hauptkonfigurations-Dialog von &bibletime;. Sie können hier alle möglichen Einstellungen von &bibletime; an Ihre Bedürfnisse anpassen. Bitte schauen Sie in <link linkend=\"hdbk-config-bt\">diesem Abschnitt</link> für Details nach."
+msgstr ""
+"<action>&bibletime; konfigurieren</action>. Dies öffnet den "
+"Hauptkonfigurations-Dialog von &bibletime;. Sie können hier alle möglichen "
+"Einstellungen von &bibletime; an Ihre Bedürfnisse anpassen. Bitte schauen "
+"Sie in <link linkend=\"hdbk-config-bt\">diesem Abschnitt</link> für Details "
+"nach."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:438
@@ -1192,12 +1466,18 @@ msgid ""
"<action>Opens a dialog where you can change your Sword configuration and "
"manage your bookshelf</action>. Please see <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-"
"bookshelfmanager\">this section</link> for details."
-msgstr "<action>Bücherregal-Verwaltung</action>. Hiermit wird ein Dialog zur Konfiguration und Verwaltung Ihres Bücherregals aufgerufen. Schauen Sie bitte in <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager\">diesem Abschnitt</link> für Details nach."
+msgstr ""
+"<action>Bücherregal-Verwaltung</action>. Hiermit wird ein Dialog zur "
+"Konfiguration und Verwaltung Ihres Bücherregals aufgerufen. Schauen Sie "
+"bitte in <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-bookshelfmanager\">diesem Abschnitt</link> "
+"für Details nach."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:471
msgid "<action>Opens &bibletime;'s user guide</action> You are reading it now."
-msgstr "<action>Handbuch</action>. Dies öffnet das Handbuch von &bibletime;. Sie lesen es gerade."
+msgstr ""
+"<action>Handbuch</action>. Dies öffnet das Handbuch von &bibletime;. Sie "
+"lesen es gerade."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:496
@@ -1209,7 +1489,16 @@ msgid ""
"expect you to read and study the scriptures to understand what they say. If "
"you start with the attitude that you want to have the Lord sow his word in "
"your heart He will not disappoint you."
-msgstr "<action>Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</action>. Dies öffnet eine Anleitung, wie man die Bibel studieren sollte. Es ist die Hoffnung des &bibletime;-Teams, dass dieses HowTo die Leser veranlasst, die Bibel zu lesen und nachzuschauen, was sie aussagt. Dieser Studienführer wurde ausgewählt, weil er sich davor hütet, eine bestimmte Lehrmeinung einer Denomination zu fördern. Wir hoffen, dass Sie die Bibel lesen und studieren, um zu verstehen, was sie aussagt. Wenn Sie mit der Einstellung herangehen, dass Sie wünschen, der HERR möge Sein Wort in Ihr Herz säen, wird Er sie nicht enttäuschen."
+msgstr ""
+"<action>Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</action>. Dies öffnet eine Anleitung, wie "
+"man die Bibel studieren sollte. Es ist die Hoffnung des &bibletime;-Teams, "
+"dass dieses HowTo die Leser veranlasst, die Bibel zu lesen und "
+"nachzuschauen, was sie aussagt. Dieser Studienführer wurde ausgewählt, weil "
+"er sich davor hütet, eine bestimmte Lehrmeinung einer Denomination zu "
+"fördern. Wir hoffen, dass Sie die Bibel lesen und studieren, um zu "
+"verstehen, was sie aussagt. Wenn Sie mit der Einstellung herangehen, dass "
+"Sie wünschen, der HERR möge Sein Wort in Ihr Herz säen, wird Er sie nicht "
+"enttäuschen."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:517
@@ -1218,7 +1507,10 @@ msgid ""
"contains information about &bibletime; software version, project "
"contributors, &sword; software version, &qt; software version and the "
"license agreement."
-msgstr "<action>Über &bibletime;</action>. Dies öffnet ein Fenster mit Projekt-Informationen über &bibletime; und enthält die &bibletime;-Version, Projekt-Beitragende, &sword;-Version, &qt;-Version und das Lizenzabkommen."
+msgstr ""
+"<action>Über &bibletime;</action>. Dies öffnet ein Fenster mit Projekt-"
+"Informationen über &bibletime; und enthält die &bibletime;-Version, Projekt-"
+"Beitragende, &sword;-Version, &qt;-Version und das Lizenzabkommen."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:529
msgid "Works reference"
@@ -1229,7 +1521,9 @@ msgstr "Werksreferenz"
msgid ""
"In this section you can find descriptions of the icons associated with open "
"works."
-msgstr "In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie Beschreibungen der mit geöffneten Werken assoziierten Symbolzeichen."
+msgstr ""
+"In diesem Abschnitt finden Sie Beschreibungen der mit geöffneten Werken "
+"assoziierten Symbolzeichen."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:552
@@ -1299,7 +1593,14 @@ msgid ""
"directly find out which hotkey a certain menu item has, you can either look "
"at the entry itself in &bibletime; (as it always shows the hotkey), or you "
"can look it up in <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus\">this section</link>."
-msgstr "Dies ist ein Verzeichnis aller Tastenkürzel und ihrer korrespondierenden Beschreibung im Handbuch. Die Tastenkürzel sind (grob) alphabetisch sortiert. Wenn Sie unmittelbar nachschauen möchten, welches Tastenkürzel eine bestimmte Menüfunktion hat, so können Sie entweder den Menüeintrag in &bibletime; ansehen (da grundsätzlich auch das entsprechende Tastenkürzel mit angezeigt wird) oder die Tastenkürzel in <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus\">diesem Abschnitt</link> nachsehen."
+msgstr ""
+"Dies ist ein Verzeichnis aller Tastenkürzel und ihrer korrespondierenden "
+"Beschreibung im Handbuch. Die Tastenkürzel sind (grob) alphabetisch "
+"sortiert. Wenn Sie unmittelbar nachschauen möchten, welches Tastenkürzel "
+"eine bestimmte Menüfunktion hat, so können Sie entweder den Menüeintrag in "
+"&bibletime; ansehen (da grundsätzlich auch das entsprechende Tastenkürzel "
+"mit angezeigt wird) oder die Tastenkürzel in <link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-"
+"menus\">diesem Abschnitt</link> nachsehen."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:829
msgid "Hotkey"
@@ -1326,8 +1627,9 @@ msgid ""
"default bible."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-defaultbible\"> <menuchoice> "
-"<guimenu>Suche</guimenu> <guimenuitem>In Standardbibel suchen...</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice> </link> öffnet den Suchdialog, um in der Standardbibel zu suchen."
+"<guimenu>Suche</guimenu> <guimenuitem>In Standardbibel suchen...</"
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> öffnet den Suchdialog, um in der "
+"Standardbibel zu suchen."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:871
@@ -1337,7 +1639,9 @@ msgid ""
"equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Anordnungs-Art</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Automatisches Vertikal-Kacheln</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> schaltet die automatische Fensteranordnung auf vertikalen Kachelmodus."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Automatisches Vertikal-Kacheln</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice> schaltet die automatische Fensteranordnung auf vertikalen "
+"Kachelmodus."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:885
@@ -1345,7 +1649,11 @@ msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Window</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Arrangement mode</"
"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Auto-tile horizontally</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
"equivalent; toggle automatic window tiling."
-msgstr "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Anordnungs-Art</guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Automatisches Horizontal-Kacheln</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> schaltet die automatische Fensteranordnung auf horizontalen Kachelmodus."
+msgstr ""
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Anordnungs-Art</"
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Automatisches Horizontal-Kacheln</guimenuitem> </"
+"menuchoice> schaltet die automatische Fensteranordnung auf horizontalen "
+"Kachelmodus."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:898
@@ -1355,7 +1663,8 @@ msgid ""
"equivalent; toggle automatic window cascading."
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Anordnungs-Art</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Automatisches Staffeln</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> schaltet die Fensteranordnung auf automatisches Staffeln."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Automatisches Staffeln</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"schaltet die Fensteranordnung auf automatisches Staffeln."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:911
@@ -1365,7 +1674,8 @@ msgid ""
"equivalent; toggle manual window placement."
msgstr ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Anordnungs-Art</"
-"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> schaltet die Fensteranordnung auf den manuellen Modus."
+"guimenuitem> <guimenuitem>Manuell</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> schaltet die "
+"Fensteranordnung auf den manuellen Modus."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:924
@@ -1375,7 +1685,9 @@ msgid ""
"menuchoice> </link> equivalent; saves current layout as new session."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-savenewsession\"> <menuchoice> "
-"<guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Als neue Sitzung speichern</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> speichert die aktuelle Sitzung als neue Sitzung ab."
+"<guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Als neue Sitzung speichern</"
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> speichert die aktuelle Sitzung als neue "
+"Sitzung ab."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:938
@@ -1385,8 +1697,8 @@ msgid ""
"</link> equivalent; closes all open windows."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-closeall\"> <menuchoice> "
-"<guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Alle Fenster schließen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
-"</link> schließt alle geöffneten Fenster."
+"<guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Alle Fenster schließen</guimenuitem> "
+"</menuchoice> </link> schließt alle geöffneten Fenster."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:950
@@ -1411,7 +1723,9 @@ msgstr "Kopieren. Dies kopiert ausgewählten Text in die Zwischenablage."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:983
msgid "Search. This lets you search within the text of a read window."
-msgstr "Suchen. Diese Funktion erlaubt Ihnen innerhalb eines Lesefenster-Textes zu suchen."
+msgstr ""
+"Suchen. Diese Funktion erlaubt Ihnen innerhalb eines Lesefenster-Textes zu "
+"suchen."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:994
@@ -1422,7 +1736,8 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilevertically\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Vertikal kacheln</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice> </link> setzt die Anordnungs-Art der Fenster auf vertikales Kacheln."
+"menuchoice> </link> setzt die Anordnungs-Art der Fenster auf vertikales "
+"Kacheln."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1010
@@ -1433,7 +1748,8 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-tilehorizontally\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Horizontal kacheln</guimenuitem> </"
-"menuchoice> </link> setzt die Anordnungs-Art der Fenster auf horizontales Kacheln."
+"menuchoice> </link> setzt die Anordnungs-Art der Fenster auf horizontales "
+"Kacheln."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1026
@@ -1443,11 +1759,22 @@ msgid ""
"link> windows equivalent."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-window-cascade\"> <menuchoice> "
-"<guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Staffeln</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
-"link> setzt den Staffelmodus für die Fensteranordnung."
+"<guimenu>Fenster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Staffeln</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
+"</link> setzt den Staffelmodus für die Fensteranordnung."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1040
+msgid ""
+"Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1049
+msgid "Search with works of this window."
+msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1041
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1058
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> "
@@ -1455,26 +1782,28 @@ msgid ""
"currently opened works."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> "
-"<guimenu>Suche</guimenu> <guimenuitem>In offenen Werken suchen...</guimenuitem> "
-"</menuchoice> </link> öffnet den Suchdialog, um in allen gegenwärtig geöffneten Werken zu suchen."
+"<guimenu>Suche</guimenu> <guimenuitem>In offenen Werken suchen...</"
+"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> öffnet den Suchdialog, um in allen "
+"gegenwärtig geöffneten Werken zu suchen."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1056
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1073
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
"link> equivalent; closes &bibletime;."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> "
-"<guimenu>Datei</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Beenden</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> schließt &bibletime;."
+"<guimenu>Datei</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Beenden</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
+"link> schließt &bibletime;."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1068
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1085
msgid "Closes the current window."
msgstr "Schließt das aktuelle Fenster."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1077
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1094
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </"
"menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
@@ -1483,25 +1812,28 @@ msgstr ""
"menuchoice> öffnet das Handbuch."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1089
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1106
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</"
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto."
-msgstr "<menuchoice> <guimenu>Hilfe</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Anleitung zum Bibelstudium</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> öffnet das Bibelstudium-HowTo."
+msgstr ""
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Hilfe</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Anleitung zum "
+"Bibelstudium</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> öffnet das Bibelstudium-HowTo."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1102
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1119
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> "
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</"
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> equivalent; opens the Bookshelf Manager."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> "
-"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Einstellungen</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bücherregal-Verwaltung</"
-"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> öffnet die Bücherregal-Verwaltung."
+"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Einstellungen</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bücherregal-"
+"Verwaltung</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> öffnet die Bücherregal-"
+"Verwaltung."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1117
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1134
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> </"
@@ -1512,15 +1844,15 @@ msgstr ""
"menuchoice> </link> aktiviert die Anzeige des Bücherregals."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1132
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1149
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
"link> equivalent; toggles display of the mag(nifying glass)."
msgstr ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> "
-"<guimenu>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lupenfenster anzeigen</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
-"link> aktiviert die Anzeige des Lupenfensters."
+"<guimenu>Ansicht</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lupenfenster anzeigen</guimenuitem> "
+"</menuchoice> </link> aktiviert die Anzeige des Lupenfensters."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:2
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:6
@@ -1535,7 +1867,9 @@ msgstr "Wie &bibletime; zu starten ist"
msgid ""
"&bibletime; is an executable file that is integrated with the desktop. You "
"can launch &bibletime; from the Start Menu with this icon:"
-msgstr "&bibletime; ist eine ausführbare Datei, die in Ihrem Desktop integriert ist. Sie können &bibletime; aus dem Startmenü mit folgendem Symbol starten:"
+msgstr ""
+"&bibletime; ist eine ausführbare Datei, die in Ihrem Desktop integriert ist. "
+"Sie können &bibletime; aus dem Startmenü mit folgendem Symbol starten:"
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:15
msgid "<phrase>&bibletime; start icon</phrase>"
@@ -1547,7 +1881,8 @@ msgid ""
"&bibletime;, open a terminal window and type:"
msgstr ""
"&bibletime; kann auch von der Kommandozeile eines Terminals aufgerufen "
-"werden. Um &bibletime; zu starten, öffnen Sie ein Terminal-Fenster und geben Sie folgendes ein:"
+"werden. Um &bibletime; zu starten, öffnen Sie ein Terminal-Fenster und geben "
+"Sie folgendes ein:"
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:21
#, no-wrap
@@ -1563,7 +1898,10 @@ msgid ""
"&bibletime; can be used with other window managers such as Gnome, BlackBox, "
"Fluxbox, OpenBox or Sawfish, providing the appropriate base libraries are "
"already installed on your computer."
-msgstr "&bibletime; kann mit anderen Fenstermanagern wie Gnome, BlackBox, FluxBox, OpenBox oder Sawfish verwendet werden, vorausgesetzt, dass die entsprechenden Basis-Bibliotheken bereits auf Ihrem Rechner installiert sind."
+msgstr ""
+"&bibletime; kann mit anderen Fenstermanagern wie Gnome, BlackBox, FluxBox, "
+"OpenBox oder Sawfish verwendet werden, vorausgesetzt, dass die "
+"entsprechenden Basis-Bibliotheken bereits auf Ihrem Rechner installiert sind."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:31
msgid "Startup customization"
@@ -1574,7 +1912,9 @@ msgstr "Konfiguration des Startverhaltens"
msgid ""
"From a terminal you can use &bibletime; to open a random verse in the "
"default bible:"
-msgstr "Von einem Terminal aus können Sie &bibletime; folgendermaßen verwenden, um einen Zufallsvers aus der Standardbibel anzeigen zu lassen:"
+msgstr ""
+"Von einem Terminal aus können Sie &bibletime; folgendermaßen verwenden, um "
+"einen Zufallsvers aus der Standardbibel anzeigen zu lassen:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><screen>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:34
@@ -1600,7 +1940,8 @@ msgstr "bibletime --open-default-bible \"Joh 3:16\""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:37
msgid "You can also use booknames in your current bookname language."
-msgstr "Sie können auch Buchnamen in Ihrer gegenwärtigen Buchnamen-Sprache benutzen."
+msgstr ""
+"Sie können auch Buchnamen in Ihrer gegenwärtigen Buchnamen-Sprache benutzen."
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:42
msgid "Startup sequence"
@@ -1610,7 +1951,9 @@ msgstr "Start-Sequenz"
msgid ""
"As &bibletime; launches you may see the following screens before the main "
"&bibletime; window opens:"
-msgstr "Wenn &bibletime; startet, könnten Sie folgende Meldungen vor dem Erscheinen des Hauptfensters sehen:"
+msgstr ""
+"Wenn &bibletime; startet, könnten Sie folgende Meldungen vor dem Erscheinen "
+"des Hauptfensters sehen:"
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:52
@@ -1623,8 +1966,15 @@ msgid ""
"Bible, Commentary, Lexicon and one Book to get to know &bibletime;'s basic "
"features quickly."
msgstr ""
-"<action>Ihr Bücherregal modifizieren.</action> Dieser Dialog erlaubt Ihnen, Ihr Bücherregal zu modifizieren, Werke zu Ihrem System hinzuzufügen oder vom System zu löschen. Er wird nur dann angezeigt, wenn kein Standard-Bücherregal gefunden werden kann. Bitte sehen Sie in <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-"
-"bookshelfmanager\">diesem Abschnitt</link> für weitere Details nach. Falls Sie &bibletime; mit einem leeren Bücherregal starten, ist es hilfreich, zumindest eine Bibel, ein Kommentar, ein Lexikon und ein Buch zu installieren, um rasch die grundlegenden Funktionseigenschaften von &bibletime; kennen zu lernen."
+"<action>Ihr Bücherregal modifizieren.</action> Dieser Dialog erlaubt Ihnen, "
+"Ihr Bücherregal zu modifizieren, Werke zu Ihrem System hinzuzufügen oder vom "
+"System zu löschen. Er wird nur dann angezeigt, wenn kein Standard-"
+"Bücherregal gefunden werden kann. Bitte sehen Sie in <link linkend=\"hdbk-op-"
+"bookshelfmanager\">diesem Abschnitt</link> für weitere Details nach. Falls "
+"Sie &bibletime; mit einem leeren Bücherregal starten, ist es hilfreich, "
+"zumindest eine Bibel, ein Kommentar, ein Lexikon und ein Buch zu "
+"installieren, um rasch die grundlegenden Funktionseigenschaften von "
+"&bibletime; kennen zu lernen."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-start.docbook:69
@@ -1634,7 +1984,8 @@ msgid ""
"detailed description</link> of this dialog."
msgstr ""
"<action>&bibletime; anpassen.</action>Dieser Dialog erlaubt Ihnen "
-"&bibletime; an Ihre Bedürfnisse anzupassen. Bitte schlagen Sie <link linkend=\"hdbk-config-bt\">die detaillierte Beschreibung</link> dieses Dialogs nach."
+"&bibletime; an Ihre Bedürfnisse anzupassen. Bitte schlagen Sie <link linkend="
+"\"hdbk-config-bt\">die detaillierte Beschreibung</link> dieses Dialogs nach."
# type: Content of the bibletime entity
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:5
@@ -1685,15 +2036,17 @@ msgstr "Der &bibletime;-Hilfedialog ist ein Teil von &bibletime;."
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
-msgid "2009-06"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "2009-09"
msgstr "2009-06"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:51
-msgid "2.2"
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "2.3"
msgstr "2.2"
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
msgid "&bibletime; is a Bible study tool based on the Sword framework."
-msgstr "&bibletime; ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das auf dem Sword-System basiert."
-
+msgstr ""
+"&bibletime; ist ein Bibelstudien-Werkzeug, das auf dem Sword-System basiert."
diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook-fi.po b/i18n/handbook/handbook-fi.po
index 2d6e353..b9c2cae 100644
--- a/i18n/handbook/handbook-fi.po
+++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook-fi.po
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: handbook-fi\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-11 19:16-0400\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-09-08 15:47-0400\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-03-06 16:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Ilpo Kantonen <ilpo@iki.fi>\n"
"Language-Team: Finnish <fi@li.org>\n"
@@ -1583,7 +1583,18 @@ msgstr ""
"menuchoice> </link> sulkee kaikki avoimet ikkunat."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1041
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1040
+msgid ""
+"Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1049
+msgid "Search with works of this window."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1058
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> "
@@ -1596,7 +1607,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</menuchoice> </link> avaa hakuikkunan kaikkiin nyt avattuihin teoksiin."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1056
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1073
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> "
@@ -1607,12 +1618,12 @@ msgstr ""
"<guimenu>Tiedosto</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Lopeta</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
"</link> sulkee &bibletime;-sovelluksen."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1068
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1085
msgid "Closes the current window."
msgstr "Sulkee nykyisen ikkunan."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1077
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1094
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </"
@@ -1622,7 +1633,7 @@ msgstr ""
"menuchoice> avaa käsikirjan."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1089
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1106
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</"
@@ -1632,7 +1643,7 @@ msgstr ""
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> avaa Raamatun tutkimisen Howto-ikkunan."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1102
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> "
@@ -1644,7 +1655,7 @@ msgstr ""
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </link> avaa kirjahyllyn hallintapaneelin."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1117
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> "
@@ -1656,7 +1667,7 @@ msgstr ""
"menuchoice> </link> näyttää/piilottaa kirjahyllyn."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1132
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1149
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> "
@@ -1851,12 +1862,12 @@ msgstr "&bibletime;-käsikirja on osa &bibletime;-ohjelmaa."
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
#, fuzzy
-msgid "2009-06"
+msgid "2009-09"
msgstr "elokuu 2005"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:51
-msgid "2.2"
+msgid "2.3"
msgstr ""
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook-fr.po b/i18n/handbook/handbook-fr.po
index 539a637..ab09b53 100644
--- a/i18n/handbook/handbook-fr.po
+++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook-fr.po
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: handbook\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-11 19:16-0400\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-09-08 15:47-0400\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-05-26 13:46WET\n"
"Last-Translator: Jean Van Schaftingen <vanschaf@yahoo.fr>\n"
"Language-Team: Français\n"
@@ -1726,7 +1726,18 @@ msgstr ""
"\"><menuchoice> <guimenu>Fenêtre</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Cascade</"
"guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; cascades all open windows."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1041
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1040
+msgid ""
+"Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1049
+msgid "Search with works of this window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1058
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> "
@@ -1740,7 +1751,7 @@ msgstr ""
"dialogue de recherche pour effectuer une recherche à travers toutes les "
"modules qui sont ouvertes."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1056
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1073
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> "
@@ -1751,11 +1762,11 @@ msgstr ""
"<guimenu>Fichier</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quitter</guimenuitem></menuchoice></"
"link>, ferme l'application &bibletime;."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1068
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1085
msgid "Closes the current window."
msgstr "Ferme la fenêtre courante."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1077
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1094
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </"
@@ -1764,7 +1775,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Équivalent à <menuchoice> <guimenu>Aide</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Manuel</"
"guimenuitem></menuchoice>, ouvre le manuel."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1089
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1106
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</"
@@ -1774,7 +1785,7 @@ msgstr ""
"d'étude Biblique</guimenuitem></menuchoice>, ouvre le tutoriel d'étude "
"biblique."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1102
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> "
@@ -1786,7 +1797,7 @@ msgstr ""
"de bibliothèque</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link>, ouvre le gestionnaire de "
"bibliothèque."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1117
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> "
@@ -1798,7 +1809,7 @@ msgstr ""
"bibliothèque</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link>, affiche/masque la "
"Bibliothèque."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1132
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1149
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> "
@@ -1989,12 +2000,12 @@ msgstr "Le manuel &bibletime; fait partie de &bibletime;."
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
-msgid "2009-06"
+msgid "2009-09"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:51
-msgid "2.2"
+msgid "2.3"
msgstr ""
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook-hu.po b/i18n/handbook/handbook-hu.po
index d62941b..7f5dafa 100644
--- a/i18n/handbook/handbook-hu.po
+++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook-hu.po
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: handbook-hu\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-11 19:16-0400\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-09-08 15:47-0400\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-05-19 18:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: howto.pot\n"
"Language-Team: Hungarian <hu@li.org>\n"
@@ -1946,7 +1946,18 @@ msgstr ""
"ablakot."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1041
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1040
+msgid ""
+"Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1049
+msgid "Search with works of this window."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1058
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> "
@@ -1959,7 +1970,7 @@ msgstr ""
"ablakot nyit a megnyitott munkákban való kereséshez."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1056
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1073
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
@@ -1970,12 +1981,12 @@ msgstr ""
"menuchoice></link> ponttal, a &bibletime; bezárása."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1068
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1085
msgid "Closes the current window."
msgstr "Bezárja az aktuális ablakot."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1077
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1094
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </"
"menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
@@ -1984,7 +1995,7 @@ msgstr ""
"guimenuitem></menuchoice> menüponttal, megnyitja ezt a kézikönyvet."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1089
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1106
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</"
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto."
@@ -1994,7 +2005,7 @@ msgstr ""
"segédletet a Biblia tanulmányozásához."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1102
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1119
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> "
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</"
@@ -2006,7 +2017,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Könyvespolc menedzsert."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1117
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1134
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> </"
@@ -2018,7 +2029,7 @@ msgstr ""
"\"könyvespolcot\"."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1132
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1149
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
@@ -2218,13 +2229,13 @@ msgstr "A &bibletime; kézikönyv a &bibletime; része"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
#, fuzzy
-msgid "2009-06"
+msgid "2009-09"
msgstr "2009-04"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:51
#, fuzzy
-msgid "2.2"
+msgid "2.3"
msgstr "2.0"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook-nl.po b/i18n/handbook/handbook-nl.po
index 201c0eb..2ce89b6 100644
--- a/i18n/handbook/handbook-nl.po
+++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook-nl.po
@@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: http://bugs.kde.org\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-11 19:16-0400\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-09-08 15:47-0400\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2006-12-07 11:35+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Martin Gruner <mg.pub@gmx.net>\n"
"Language-Team: Deutsch\n"
@@ -1752,7 +1752,18 @@ msgstr ""
"<guimenu>Venster</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Trapsgewijs</guimenuitem></"
"menuchoice></link> equivalent; rangschikt alle geopende vensters trapsgewijs."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1041
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1040
+msgid ""
+"Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1049
+msgid "Search with works of this window."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1058
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> "
@@ -1765,7 +1776,7 @@ msgstr ""
"guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; opent de zoekdialoog om te "
"zoeken in alle modules die nu geopend zijn."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1056
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1073
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> "
@@ -1776,11 +1787,11 @@ msgstr ""
"<guimenu>Bestand</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Afsluiten</guimenuitem></"
"menuchoice></link> equivalent; sluit &bibletime; af."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1068
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1085
msgid "Closes the current window."
msgstr "Sluit het huidige venster."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1077
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1094
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </"
@@ -1789,7 +1800,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handboek</guimenuitem></"
"menuchoice> equivalent; opent het handboek."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1089
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1106
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</"
@@ -1798,7 +1809,7 @@ msgstr ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bijbelstudie Howto</"
"guimenuitem></menuchoice> equivalent; opent de Bijbelstudie Howto."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1102
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1119
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> "
@@ -1810,7 +1821,7 @@ msgstr ""
"Manager</guimenuitem></menuchoice></link> equivalent; opent de Boekenplank "
"Manager."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1117
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1134
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> "
@@ -1822,7 +1833,7 @@ msgstr ""
"menuchoice></link> equivalent; schakelt de weergave van de Boekenplank in/"
"uit."
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1132
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1149
#, fuzzy
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> "
@@ -2017,12 +2028,12 @@ msgstr "Het &bibletime; handboek is onderdeel van &bibletime;"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
-msgid "2009-06"
+msgid "2009-09"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:51
-msgid "2.2"
+msgid "2.3"
msgstr ""
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook-pt-br.po b/i18n/handbook/handbook-pt-br.po
index 03cf54f..da5d495 100644
--- a/i18n/handbook/handbook-pt-br.po
+++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook-pt-br.po
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: handbook\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-11 19:16-0400\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-09-08 15:47-0400\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-06-26 14:32-0300\n"
"Last-Translator: \n"
"Language-Team: Portugus do Brasil <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
@@ -1818,7 +1818,18 @@ msgstr ""
"link> equivalente a janelas."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1041
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1040
+msgid ""
+"Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1049
+msgid "Search with works of this window."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1058
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> "
@@ -1831,7 +1842,7 @@ msgstr ""
"procurar em todas as obras abertas."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1056
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1073
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
@@ -1842,12 +1853,12 @@ msgstr ""
"link> equivalente; fecha o &bibletime;."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1068
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1085
msgid "Closes the current window."
msgstr "Fecha a janela atual."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1077
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1094
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> </"
"menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
@@ -1856,7 +1867,7 @@ msgstr ""
"</menuchoice> equivalente; abre o livro de mo."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1089
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1106
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy Howto</"
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto."
@@ -1865,7 +1876,7 @@ msgstr ""
"guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalente; abre o Howto do Estudo Bblico."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1102
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1119
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> "
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf Manager</"
@@ -1877,7 +1888,7 @@ msgstr ""
"da Estante."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1117
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1134
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> </"
@@ -1888,7 +1899,7 @@ msgstr ""
"menuchoice> </link> equivalente; alterna exibio da Estante."
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1132
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1149
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> </"
@@ -2090,13 +2101,13 @@ msgstr "O livro de mo do &bibletime; parte do &bibletime;."
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
#, fuzzy
-msgid "2009-06"
+msgid "2009-09"
msgstr "2009-04"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:51
#, fuzzy
-msgid "2.2"
+msgid "2.3"
msgstr "2.0"
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
diff --git a/i18n/handbook/handbook.pot b/i18n/handbook/handbook.pot
index 40731cc..ba951e0 100644
--- a/i18n/handbook/handbook.pot
+++ b/i18n/handbook/handbook.pot
@@ -7,7 +7,7 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-08-11 19:16-0400\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-09-08 15:47-0400\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -1419,7 +1419,17 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1041
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1040
+msgid "Change location. Changes focus to the toolbar field for the selected work."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1049
+msgid "Search with works of this window."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1058
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-search-openworks\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>Search</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Search in open work(s)</guimenuitem> "
@@ -1428,7 +1438,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1056
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1073
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-file-quit\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>File</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Quit</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
@@ -1436,26 +1446,26 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1068
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1085
msgid "Closes the current window."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1077
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1094
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Handbook</guimenuitem> "
"</menuchoice> equivalent; opens the handbook."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1089
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1106
msgid ""
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Help</guimenu> <guimenuitem>BibleStudy "
"Howto</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> equivalent; opens the BibleStudy Howto."
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1102
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1119
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-settings-bookshelf_manager\"> "
"<menuchoice> <guimenu>Settings</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Bookshelf "
@@ -1464,7 +1474,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1117
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1134
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showbookshelf\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show Bookshelf</guimenuitem> "
@@ -1472,7 +1482,7 @@ msgid ""
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><informaltable><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
-#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1132
+#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/hdbk-reference.docbook:1149
msgid ""
"<link linkend=\"hdbk-reference-menus-view-showmag\"> <menuchoice> "
"<guimenu>View</guimenu> <guimenuitem>Show mag</guimenuitem> </menuchoice> "
@@ -1647,12 +1657,12 @@ msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><date>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
-msgid "2009-06"
+msgid "2009-09"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><releaseinfo>
#: docs/handbook/en/docbook/index.docbook:51
-msgid "2.2"
+msgid "2.3"
msgstr ""
# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
diff --git a/i18n/howto/howto-da.po b/i18n/howto/howto-da.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..651edba
--- /dev/null
+++ b/i18n/howto/howto-da.po
@@ -0,0 +1,1722 @@
+# translation of howto(2).po to Dansk
+# Copyright (C) 2008 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+#
+# Henrik Sonesson <Hsonesson@gmail.com>, 2008, 2009.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: howto(2)\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2008-05-20 18:50+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-08-09 21:36+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: \n"
+"Language-Team: American English <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1
+msgid "Bible Study Basics"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:4
+msgid "Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible"
+msgstr "Vores formål når vi nærmer os Bibelen"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+msgid "Jn.5:39-40"
+msgstr "Joh.5:39-40 (Bibelen på hverdagsdansk)"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+msgid ""
+"You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal "
+"life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come "
+"to Me, that you may have life."
+msgstr ""
+"I studerer og forsker i skrifterne, fordi I tror, at de giver jer evigt liv. "
+"Men skrifterne peger på mig, og alligevel kommer I ikke til mig for at få liv."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12
+msgid ""
+"The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther "
+"said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just "
+"so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with "
+"God."
+msgstr ""
+"Hovedformålet for bogen er at bringe os til Personen. Martin Luther sagde <quote>vi går kun til vuggen for barnets skyld</quote>; sådan er det også med bibelstudie, vi gør "
+"det ikke bare for at studere Bibelen, men for at have fællesskab med Gud."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17
+msgid ""
+"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
+"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104."
+msgstr ""
+"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
+"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19
+msgid ""
+"The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was "
+"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, &quot;He who has gotten "
+"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to "
+"come.&quot; Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously "
+"deceived. [...]"
+msgstr ""
+"Jøderne til hvem Jesus talte [...] forestilte sig at det at besidde Den hellige skrift var "
+"ensbetydende med at besidde liv. Hillel plejede at sige, &quot;han som har tilegnet "
+" sig ord fra Toraen, har anskaffet sig det kommende liv.&quot; Deres studie var en ende i sig selv. "
+"I det var de blevet bitterligt bedraget. [...]"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24
+msgid ""
+"There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own "
+"sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the "
+"Bible is read, what is needed is an eager expectation that through it we may "
+"meet Christ."
+msgstr ""
+"Der er hverken fortjeneste eller gavn af at læse Skriften for dens egen skyld, "
+"men kun hvis den effektivt introducerer os til Jesus Kristus. Hver gang Bibelen bliver læst, "
+"så er der brug for en ivrig forventning til at vi må møde Kristus."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31
+msgid "Approaches to God's Word"
+msgstr "Tilgange til Guds Ord"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32
+msgid ""
+"Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study "
+"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
+"scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and "
+"cements the word in our minds."
+msgstr ""
+"At lytte og læse giver et teleskopisk syn på skriften, "
+" mens studie og udenadslære giver et mikroskopisk syn på skriften. "
+"Meditation bringer lytning, læsning, studie og udenadslære "
+" sammen og støber ordet fast i vore sind."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37
+msgid "Hear"
+msgstr "Hør"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38
+msgid ""
+"Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe "
+"it.</quote>"
+msgstr "Luk.11:28 <quote>Salige er de, som hører Guds ord og bevarer det!</quote>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
+msgid "Read"
+msgstr "Læs"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
+msgid ""
+"Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this "
+"prophecy [...]</quote>"
+msgstr "Åb.1:3 <quote> Salig er den, som læser op, og de, som hører profetiens ord [...]</quote>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45
+msgid ""
+"1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture "
+"[...]</quote>"
+msgstr ""
+"1. Tim.4:13 <quote> Indtil jeg kommer, skal du tage vare på skriftlæsningen "
+"[...]</quote>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
+msgid "Study"
+msgstr "Studér"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50
+msgid ""
+"Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in "
+"Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the "
+"Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote>"
+msgstr ""
+"ApG. 17:11 <quote>Disse jøder var mere imødekommende end jøderne "
+"i Thessalonika, de modtog ordet med megen velvilje og granskede dagligt "
+" Skrifterne for at se, om det forholdt sig sådan.</quote>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54
+msgid ""
+"2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to "
+"God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the "
+"word of truth.</quote>"
+msgstr ""
+"2. Tim.2:15 <quote>Stræb efter at stå din prøve for Gud som en arbejder, "
+"der ikke behøver at skamme sig, "
+"men som går lige på med sandhedens ord.</quote>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59
+msgid "Memorize"
+msgstr "Lær uden ad"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60
+msgid ""
+"Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against "
+"Thee.</quote>"
+msgstr ""
+"Sl.119:11 <quote>Jeg gemmer dit ord i mit hjerte,"
+"for ikke at synde mod dig.</quote>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64
+msgid "Meditate"
+msgstr "Meditér"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65
+msgid ""
+"Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he "
+"meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by "
+"streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does "
+"not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote>"
+msgstr ""
+"Sl.1:2-3 <quote>men har sin glæde ved Herrens lov"
+"og grunder på hans lov dag og nat. Han er som et træ,"
+"der er plantet ved bækken; det bærer frugt til rette tid,"
+"og dets blade visner ikke. Alt, hvad han gør, "
+"lykkes for ham.</quote>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71
+msgid ""
+"The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the "
+"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
+"Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read "
+"the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they "
+"become familiar with the overall message of the Bible."
+msgstr ""
+"The Navigators illustrerer dette ved at sige, at tommelfingeren kan røre alle de andre fingre. Vi kan meditere på Ordet imens vi gør enhver af de første fire. Meditation er "
+"en nøgle til åbenbaring. En ny kristen har brug for at høre og læse ordet mere end at studere og memorere det. Det er for at de bliver mere bekendte med Bibelens samlede "
+"budskab."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79
+msgid "Types of Bible Studies"
+msgstr "Typer af bibelstudie"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80
+msgid "Topical Study"
+msgstr "Emne Studie"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81
+msgid ""
+"Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a "
+"concordance."
+msgstr ""
+"Vælg et bestemt emne og følg det ved at bruge krydsreferencer eller en "
+"bibelordbog."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85
+msgid "Character Study"
+msgstr "Person Studie"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86
+msgid "Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50."
+msgstr "At studere en bibelsk persons liv, f.eks. Josefs liv i 1. Mos.37-50."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90
+msgid "Expository Study"
+msgstr "Forklarende studie"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
+msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book."
+msgstr "Studér er bestemt passage: afsnit, kapitel, eller bog."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95
+msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation"
+msgstr "Det grundlæggende for korrekt fortolkning"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97
+msgid "Content"
+msgstr "Indhold"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
+msgid ""
+"What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with "
+"definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say."
+msgstr "Hvad er det den siger? Hvad er det den siger på det oprindelige sprog? Vær forsigtig med definitioner. Læs ikke ind i det den ikke siger."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102
+msgid "Context"
+msgstr "Sammenhæng"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
+msgid ""
+"What do the verses around it say? &quot;Context is king&quot; is the rule -- "
+"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and "
+"book."
+msgstr ""
+"Hvad siger versene omkring det? &quot;Sammenhæng er konge&quot; er reglen -- "
+"passagen må give mening i forhold til strukturen af hele passagen og bogen."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26
+msgid "Cross-reference"
+msgstr "Krydsreference"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108
+msgid ""
+"What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? "
+"God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the "
+"test of other scriptures."
+msgstr "Hvad siger andre vers i resten af Bibelen om dette emne? Gud modsiger ikke sig selv, så vores fortolkning er nødt til at holde vand over for andre skriftsteder. ææ"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113
+msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"
+msgstr "Et forklarende studie af Matthæus 6:1-18"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114
+msgid ""
+"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
+"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? "
+"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if "
+"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as "
+"Roman numeral One of your outline:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119
+msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed"
+msgstr " Pas på, at I ikke viser jeres retfærdighed for øjnene af mennesker for at blive set af dem"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122
+msgid ""
+"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the "
+"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? "
+"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135
+msgid "When you give"
+msgstr "Når du giver"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127
+msgid "When you fast"
+msgstr "Når du faster"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128
+msgid "When you pray"
+msgstr "Når du beder"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
+msgid ""
+"Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong "
+"ways of practicing our righteousness:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137
+msgid ""
+"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> "
+"today?)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138
+msgid "do it secretly."
+msgstr "gør det i det skjulte."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139
+msgid "etc."
+msgstr "osv."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145
+msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"
+msgstr "Arbejdsark: Hvordan man bruger en konkordans"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147
+msgid "To Find a Particular Verse"
+msgstr "At finde et bestemt vers"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149
+msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse."
+msgstr "Vælg et nøgleord eller det mest usædvanelige ord i verset."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150
+msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically."
+msgstr "Slå ordet op alfabetisk."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
+msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
+msgid "Find these verses:"
+msgstr "Find disse vers:"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156
+msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
+msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158
+msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus."
+msgstr "Historien om den rige mand og Lazarus."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163
+msgid "To Do a Topical Study"
+msgstr "At lave et emnestudie"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
+msgid ""
+"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word &quot;redemption.&quot; First "
+"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed "
+"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for "
+"them, e.g. &quot;redeem, redeemed, ransom,&quot; even &quot;buy&quot; or "
+"&quot;bought.&quot;"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170
+msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew"
+msgstr "At Klargøre Ords Betydninger på Græsk og Hebraisk"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
+msgid ""
+"What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge "
+"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
+"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
+"both being translated &quot;judge&quot; in English? (We're using Strong's "
+"from here out.)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175
+msgid "Look up &quot;judge&quot;."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176
+msgid ""
+"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
+"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178
+msgid "Now look up &quot;judgeth&quot;."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179
+msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180
+msgid ""
+"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so "
+"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 "
+"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185
+msgid "To Find Meanings of Names"
+msgstr "At Finde Betydningen af Navne"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
+msgid ""
+"By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or "
+"Hebrew."
+msgstr "Ved den samme process kan vi finde betydningen af et navn på græsk eller hebraisk."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187
+msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:"
+msgstr "Slå de følgende navne op og skriv deres betydning ned:"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189
+msgid "Nabal"
+msgstr "Nabal"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
+msgid "Abigail"
+msgstr "Abigajil"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191
+msgid "Joshua"
+msgstr "Josva"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192
+msgid "Barnabus"
+msgstr "Barnabas"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1
+msgid "Importance of God's Word"
+msgstr "Vigtigheden af Guds Ord"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
+msgid ""
+"Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's "
+"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
+"communicate with God."
+msgstr "At forstå Guds ord er meget vigtigt for alle som påkalder Guds navn. Studie af Bibelen er en af de primære måder hvorpå vi lærer at kommunikere med Gud."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6
+msgid "A Book that is Unique"
+msgstr "En Bog der er Unik"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
+msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
+msgstr "Bibelen er overlegen på mange punkter. Den er unik med hensyn til:"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12
+msgid ""
+"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per "
+"year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
+msgstr "popularitet. Bibel salget i Nord Amerika: mere end 5000 millioner dollars om året. Bibelen er både den meste solgte bog til alle tider og fra år til år!"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18
+msgid ""
+"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
+"authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one."
+msgstr "forfatterskab. Den blev skrevet over over en periode på 1600 år af 40 forskellige forfattere fra forskellige baggrunde, alligevel læses den som den var skrevet af en."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24
+msgid ""
+"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents "
+"Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient "
+"texts:"
+msgstr ""
+"velbevarethed. I <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents "
+"Reliable?</emphasis> sammenligner F. F. Bruce Det Nye Testamente med andre old-tekster: "
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30
+msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts."
+msgstr "Sammenligning af det Nye Testamentes manuskripter med andre forhistoriske tekster."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
+msgid "Work"
+msgstr "Værk"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
+msgid "When Written"
+msgstr "Blev skrevet"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
+msgid "Earliest Copy"
+msgstr "Første Kopi"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37
+msgid "Time Lapse"
+msgstr "Tidsforløb"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37
+msgid "Number of Copies"
+msgstr "Antal Kopier"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41
+msgid "Herodotus"
+msgstr "Herodotus"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
+msgid "448-428 B.C."
+msgstr "448-428 f.kr."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+msgid "900 A.D."
+msgstr "900 e.kr."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+msgid "1300 years"
+msgstr "1300 år"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+msgid "8"
+msgstr "8"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
+msgid "Tacitus"
+msgstr "Tacitus"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+msgid "100 A.D."
+msgstr "100 e.kr."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+msgid "1100 A.D."
+msgstr "110 e.kr."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
+msgid "1000 years"
+msgstr "1000 år"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+msgid "20"
+msgstr "20"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
+msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Caesar's <emphasis>Galliske Krig</emphasis>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
+msgid "50-58 B.C."
+msgstr "80-58 f.kr."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+msgid "950 years"
+msgstr "950 år"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+msgid "10"
+msgstr "10"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
+msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>"
+msgstr "Livy's <emphasis>Roms historie</emphasis>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D."
+msgstr "59 f.kr. - 17 e.kr."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+msgid "900 years"
+msgstr "900 år"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
+msgid "New Testament"
+msgstr "Det nye testamente"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D."
+msgstr "40 e.kr. - 100 e.kr."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts"
+msgstr "130 e.kr. Delvise manuskripter 350 e.kr. Hele manuskripter"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+msgid "30 - 310 years"
+msgstr "30 - 310 år"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+msgid "5000 Greek &amp; 10,000 Latin"
+msgstr "5000 Græske &amp; 10,000 på Latin"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
+msgid ""
+"Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest "
+"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
+"New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri "
+"containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's "
+"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
+"other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
+msgid ""
+"Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
+"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> "
+"p. 25-26"
+msgstr ""
+"Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
+"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., citeret i <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> "
+"p. 25-26"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
+msgid ""
+"\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of "
+"the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other "
+"ancient prose writings.\""
+msgstr "\"I ægthed og helhed af beviserne hvorpå det hviler, så er teksterne i det Nye testamente absolutte og urørlige, alene med hensyn til andre oldhistoriske prosa.\""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79
+msgid "A Book that God Breathed"
+msgstr "En bog Gud åndede"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
+"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> "
+"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
+"word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" "
+"As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a "
+"continually-fresh way."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:86
+msgid ""
+"2 Tim.3:16 declares, \"<emphasis>All scripture is inspired by God [lit., "
+"God-breathed].</emphasis>\" Do you believe this? Before you answer, consider "
+"Jesus' attitude toward the Scriptures."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:89
+msgid ""
+"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
+"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95"
+msgstr ""
+"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
+"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.93-95"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:90
+msgid ""
+"He referred to the human authors, but took it for granted that behind them "
+"all was a single divine Author. He could equally say 'Moses said' or 'God "
+"said' (Mk.7:10). He could quote a comment of the narrator in Genesis 2:24 as "
+"an utterance of the Creator Himself (Mt.19:4-5). Similarly He said, 'Well "
+"did Isaiah prophesy of you hypocrites, as it is written', when what He went "
+"on to quote is the direct speech of the Lord God (Mk.7:6 &amp; Is.29:13). "
+"It is from Jesus Himself that the New Testament authors have gained their "
+"conviction of the dual authorship of Scripture. For them it was just as "
+"true to say that 'God spoke of old to our fathers by the prophets' (Heb.1:1) "
+"as it was to say that 'men moved by the Holy Spirit spoke from God' (2 "
+"Pe.1:21). God did not speak in such a way as to obliterate the personality "
+"of the human authors, nor did men speak in such a way as to corrupt the Word "
+"of the divine Author. God spoke. Men spoke. Neither truth must be allowed "
+"to detract from the other. ..."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:105
+msgid ""
+"This, then, was Christ's view of the Scriptures. Their witness was God's "
+"witness. The testimony of the Bible is the testimony of God. And the chief "
+"reason why the Christian believes in the divine origin of the Bible is that "
+"Jesus Christ Himself taught it."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:110
+msgid ""
+"2 Tim.3:16 goes on, \"<emphasis>and profitable for teaching, for correction, "
+"for training in righteousness, that the man of God may be adequate, equipped "
+"for every good work.</emphasis>\" If we accept that the Bible really is God "
+"speaking to us, it follows that it will be our authority in all matters of "
+"faith and conduct."
+msgstr ""
+"2. Tim.3.16-17 fortsætter, \"<emphasis>og nyttigt til undervisning, til bevis, til vejledning og til opdragelse i retfærdighed, så at det menneske, som hører Gud til, kan "
+"blive fuldvoksent, udrustet til al god gerning.</emphasis>\" Hvis vi accepterer at Bibelen virkelig er Gud der snakker til os, så følger det at den vil være vores autoritet "
+"i alle anliggender af tro og handling."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:117
+msgid "A Book that Works"
+msgstr "En Bog der Virker"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:119
+msgid ""
+"What will studying the Bible do for you? 1 Thess.2:13 says that the Bible "
+"\"<emphasis>performs its work in you who believe.</emphasis>\" Beside each "
+"scripture, write down the work the Word performs."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:125
+msgid "What does Bible study do for Christians?"
+msgstr "Hvad gør bibelsstudie for kristne?"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:129
+msgid "Reference"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:130
+msgid "Action"
+msgstr "Handling"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:135
+msgid "Eph. 5:26"
+msgstr "Ef. 5:26"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:137
+msgid ""
+"cleanses -- \"...having cleansed her by the washing of water with the "
+"word.\""
+msgstr "renser -- \"...for at hellige den ved at rense den i badet med vand ved ordet,\""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:142
+msgid "Acts 20:32"
+msgstr "ApG 20:32"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:145
+msgid ""
+"builds up -- \" ...the word of His grace, which is able to build you up and "
+"to give you the inheritance among all those who are sanctified. \""
+msgstr "opbygger -- \" ...hans nådes ord, som formår at opbygge og at give arven til alle dem, der er helliget. \""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:154
+msgid "Rom. 15:4"
+msgstr "Rom. 15:4"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:157
+msgid ""
+"encourages -- \"that through perseverance and the encouragement of the "
+"Scriptures we might have hope.\""
+msgstr "trøster -- \"så vi med udholdenhed og med den trøst, som Skrifterne giver os, kan fastholde håbet."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:164
+msgid "Rom. 10:17"
+msgstr "Rom. 10:17"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:167
+msgid ""
+"gives faith -- \"So faith comes from hearing, and hearing by the word of "
+"Christ.\""
+msgstr "giver tro -- \"Troen kommer altså af det, der høres, og det, der høres, kommer i kraft af Kristi ord.\""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:175
+msgid "1 Cor. 10:11"
+msgstr "1. Kor. 10:11"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:178
+msgid ""
+"instructs -- \"Now these things happened to them for an example, and they "
+"were written for our instruction\""
+msgstr "vejleder -- \"Alt dette skete med dem, for at de skulle være advarende eksempler, og det blev skrevet for at vejlede os\""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:186
+msgid "Mt. 4:4"
+msgstr "Matt. 4:4"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:189
+msgid ""
+"nourishment -- \"But He answered and said, 'It is written, Man shall not "
+"live on bread alone, but on every word that proceeds out of the mouth of "
+"God.'\""
+msgstr "næring -- \"Men han svarede: Der står skrevet: ›Mennesket skal ikke leve af brød alene, men af hvert ord, der udgår af Guds mund.‹\""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:200
+msgid "A Book that Liberates"
+msgstr "En bog som befrier"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:202
+msgid ""
+"Jn.8:32 \"<emphasis>and you shall know the truth, and the truth shall make "
+"you free.</emphasis>\"This is usually quoted by itself. Is this a "
+"conditional or unconditional promise? Would it apply to all kinds of "
+"knowledge? Find the answers by examining the first half of the sentence, in "
+"v.31. \"<emphasis>If you abide in My word, then you are truly disciples of "
+"Mine... </emphasis>\""
+msgstr ""
+"Joh.8.32\"<emphasis>og I skal lære sandheden at kende, og sandheden skal gøre jer frie.</emphasis>\" Dette er som regel citeret for sig selv. Er det et betinget eller et "
+"ubetinget løfte? Gælder det for alle typer af kundskab? Find svarene ved at undersøge første halvdel af sætningen i v.31. \"<emphasis>Hvis I bliver i mit ord, er I "
+"sandelig mine disciple... </emphasis>\" "
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:208
+msgid ""
+"We see that this is a conditional promice, specifically speaking of the "
+"truth of God's word."
+msgstr "Vi ser at dette er et betinget løfte, specifikt angående sandheden af Guds ord."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:210
+msgid ""
+"The Greek word for \"wind\" used in Eph.4:14 means a <emphasis>violent "
+"wind.</emphasis> \"<emphasis>As a result, we are no longer to be children, "
+"tossed here and there by waves, and carried about by every wind of "
+"doctrine...</emphasis>\"One thing studying the Bible does for us is to "
+"ground us in the truth, with the result that we won't be easily \"blown "
+"away.\""
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:216
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>But Jesus answered and said to them, </emphasis>\"<emphasis>You "
+"are mistaken [KJV Ye do err], not understanding the Scriptures, or the power "
+"of God.</emphasis>\"Mt.22:29"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:218
+msgid "What 2 things do we need to know to be kept from error?"
+msgstr "Hvilke 2 ting har vi brug for at kende, for at holde os fra fejl?"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:220
+msgid "God's word"
+msgstr "Guds ord"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:221
+msgid "God's power"
+msgstr "Guds kraft"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:225
+msgid "A Book that Wars"
+msgstr "En Bog som Bekriger"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:227
+msgid "Eph.6:10-18 is one picture of our spiritual armament."
+msgstr "Ef.6:10-18 er et billede på vores åndelige udrustning."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:229
+msgid "Spiritual Armor"
+msgstr "Åndelig Rustning"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:233
+msgid "Question"
+msgstr "Spørgsmål"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:234
+msgid "Answer"
+msgstr "Svar"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+msgid "How many of the weapons listed here are defensive weapons?"
+msgstr "Hvor mange af de våben der er opremset her er defensive våben?"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:237
+msgid "5"
+msgstr "5"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+msgid "How many are offensive?"
+msgstr "Hvor mange er offensive?"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:238
+msgid "One"
+msgstr "Et"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+msgid "Which one(s)?"
+msgstr "Hvile(t)?"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:239
+msgid "the word - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
+msgstr "ordet - <foreignphrase>rhema</foreignphrase>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:243
+msgid "Exhortations"
+msgstr "Formaninger"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:245
+msgid ""
+"2 Tim.2:15 (KJV) \"<emphasis>Study to show thyself approved unto God, a "
+"workman that needeth not to be ashamed, rightly dividing the word of "
+"truth.</emphasis>\""
+msgstr ""
+"2 Tim.2:15 (Hverdagsdansk) \"<emphasis>Gør dit bedste, så du kan stå frem for Gud som en prøvet mand og en god arbejder, der ikke behøver at skamme sig over sin "
+"livsgerning, og som ærligt og samvittighedsfuldt har forkyndt sandheden.</emphasis>\""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:249
+msgid ""
+"Col.3:16 \"<emphasis>Let the word of Christ richly dwell within you; with "
+"all wisdom teaching and admonishing one another with psalms and hymns and "
+"spiritual songs, singing with thankfulness in your hearts to "
+"God.</emphasis>\""
+msgstr ""
+"Col.3:16 (Hverdagsdansk) \"<emphasis>Lad Kristi budskab få lov til rigtigt at udfolde sig iblandt jer. Det er jo kun hans ord, der kan berige jeres liv med sand visdom, så "
+"I kan undervise og vejlede hinanden. Syng af hele jeres hjerte til Guds ære - salmer, hymner og åndelige sange. </emphasis>\""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:253
+msgid "If you're rich in something, how much of it do you have?"
+msgstr "Hvis du er rig på noget, hvor meget har du så af det?"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:256
+msgid "Not a little!"
+msgstr "Ikke kun en smule!"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:259
+msgid ""
+"Eccl.12:11-12 \"<emphasis>The words of wise men are like goads, and masters "
+"of these collections are like well-driven nails; they are given by one "
+"Shepherd. But beyond this, my son, be warned: the writing of many books is "
+"endless, and excessive devotion to books is wearying to the "
+"body.</emphasis>\""
+msgstr ""
+"Præd.12:11-12 \"<emphasis> De vises ord er som pigge, og som søm er de sat i tætte rækker, de er formet af én hyrde. Men ud over det: Min søn, lad dig advare! Der er ingen "
+"ende på de mange bøger, der skrives, og den megen læsning bliver man træt af.</emphasis>\""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:265
+msgid "Appendix: \"Once for All\""
+msgstr "Tillæg: \"En gang for alle\""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:268
+msgid ""
+"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
+"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
+msgstr ""
+"John R. W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist,</emphasis> "
+"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.106-107"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:269
+msgid ""
+"The truth regarding the finality of God's initiative in Christ is conveyed "
+"by one word of the Greek Testament, namely the adverb "
+"<foreignphrase>hapax</foreignphrase> and "
+"<foreignphrase>ephapax</foreignphrase>. It is usually translated in the "
+"Authorized Version once, meaning once for all. It is used of what is so done "
+"as to be of perpetual validity and never need repetition, and is applied in "
+"the NT to both revelation and redemption. Thus, Jude refers to the faith "
+"which was once for all delivered to the saints (Jude 3), and Romans says, "
+"\"<emphasis>Christ also died for sins once for all</emphasis>\" (Rom.6:10, "
+"see also 1 Pe.3:18; Heb.9:26-28)."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:279
+msgid ""
+"Thus we may say that God has spoken once for all and Christ has suffered "
+"once for all. This means that the Christian revelation and the Christian "
+"redemption are both alike in Christ complete. Nothing can be added to "
+"either without being derogatory to Christ... These are the two rocks on "
+"which the Protestant Reformation was built -- Gods revealed word without the "
+"addition of human traditions and Christ's finished work without the addition "
+"of human merits. The Reformers great watchwords were <foreignphrase>sola "
+"scriptura</foreignphrase> for our authority and <foreignphrase>sola "
+"gratia</foreignphrase> for our salvation."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:290
+msgid "Supplement: Bible Reading Programs"
+msgstr "Supplement: Bibel Læseplaner"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:291
+msgid ""
+"Here are some easy programs to systematically read your Bible. You can do "
+"more than one at a time if you like, for instance #1 with #4, or #2 with "
+"#5. Vary the program from year to year to keep it fresh!"
+msgstr ""
+"Her er nogle nemme programmer til systematisk at læse din Bibel. Du kan bruge mere end en på samme tid, hvis du har lyst. For eksempel #1 med #4, eller #2 men #5. Variér "
+"programmer fra år til år for at holde det friskt!"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:296
+msgid "New Testament in a Year: read one chapter each day, 5 days a week."
+msgstr "Det Nye Testamente på et År: læs et kapitel hver dag, 5 dage om ugen."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:298
+msgid ""
+"Proverbs in a Month: read one chapter of Proverbs each day, corresponding to "
+"the day of the month."
+msgstr "Ordsprogene på en Måned: læs et kapitel af Ordsprogene hver dag, tilsvarende til dagen på måneden."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:300
+msgid ""
+"Psalms in a Month: read 5 Psalms at intervals of 30 each day, for instance "
+"on the 20th you read Ps.20, 50, 80, 110, &amp; 140."
+msgstr "Salmerne på en Måned: læs 5 salmer med et interval på 30, hver dag, for eksempel på den 20. læser du Sl. 20, 50, 80, &amp; 140."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:302
+msgid ""
+"Psalms &amp; Proverbs in 6 months: read through Psalms and Proverbs one "
+"chapter per day."
+msgstr ""
+"Salmerne &amp; Ordsprogene på 6 måneder: læs gennem Salmerne og "
+"Ordsprogene et kapitel om dagen."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:304
+msgid ""
+"Old Testament without Psalms &amp; Proverbs in 2 years: if you read one "
+"chapter a day of the Old Testament, skipping over Psalms &amp; Proverbs, you "
+"will read the Old Testament in 2 years and 2 weeks."
+msgstr ""
+"Det Gamle Testamente uden Salmerne &amp; Ordsprogene på 2 år: hvis du læser et kapitel om dagen i det Gamle Testamente, hvor du springer Salmerne &amp; Ordsprogene over, så "
+"kommer du igennem det Gamle Testamente på 2 år og 2 uger."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:1
+msgid "Rules of Bible Interpretation (Hermeneutics)"
+msgstr "Regler for Bibel-tolkning (Hermeneutik)"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:2
+msgid ""
+"We already learned about the \"3 Cs\": content, context, cross-reference. "
+"We want to expand that now by delving briefly into biblical hermeneutics, "
+"whose goal is to discover the meaning intended by the original author (and "
+"Author!). While many applications of a passage are valid, only one "
+"interpretation is valid. The scripture itself says this by saying that no "
+"scripture is of any private interpretation (2 Pe.1:20 KJV <quote>Knowing "
+"this first, that no prophesy of scripture is of any private "
+"interpretation.</quote>). Certain rules are helps toward discovering the "
+"correct meaning; by ignoring these rules people have brought much trouble on "
+"themselves and their followers. 2 Pe.3:16 <quote>...in which are some "
+"things hard to understand, which the untaught and unstable distort, as they "
+"do also the rest of the Scriptures, to their own destruction.</quote>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:11
+msgid ""
+"How do we go about discovering the intended meaning of a passage? Let's say "
+"your attention has been drawn to a particular verse whose meaning is not "
+"clear to you. How do you study it out? Keep these rules in mind:"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:14
+msgid "Rule 1 - Interpret according to the exact meaning of the words."
+msgstr "Regel 1 - Fortolk med hensyn til den nøjagtige betydning af ordene."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:15
+msgid ""
+"The more precise we can be with the exact, original meaning of the words the "
+"better our interpretation will be. Try to find the exact meaning of the key "
+"words by following these steps:"
+msgstr ""
+"Des mere præcise vi kan være med den nøjagtige, originale betydning af ordene, des bedre vil vores fortolkning være. Prøv at finde den nøjagtige betydning af nøgleordene "
+"ved at følge disse trin:"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:20
+msgid "Definition"
+msgstr "Definition"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:21
+msgid ""
+"Look up the definition in a Greek or Hebrew dictionary. For verbs, the verb "
+"tense is also crucial."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:27
+msgid ""
+"Compare scripture with scripture. Seeing how the same Greek or Hebrew word "
+"(not the English word) is used in scripture may clarify or throw new light "
+"on the definition. How does the same author use this word elsewhere? Other "
+"authors? Your reference tools may give you uses of the word in non-biblical "
+"documents, as well. Why do we have to go to the original languages; why "
+"isn't the English word good enough? <emphasis>Because more than one greek "
+"word may be translated into the same english word, and the greek words may "
+"have different shades of meaning.</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:37
+msgid "Example 1A"
+msgstr "Eksempel 1A"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:38
+msgid ""
+"Jn.20:17 <emphasis>\"Touch me not\"</emphasis> (KJV) sounds harsh, doesn't "
+"it? Sounds like Jesus doesn't want to be touched now that He is risen, that "
+"He is too holy or something. But that doesn't seem right, so let's look it "
+"up in Spiros Zodhiates' <emphasis>The Complete Word Study New "
+"Testament</emphasis> (AMG Publishers, 1991)."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:42
+msgid ""
+"Definition: Turning to John 20:17, above the word \"Touch\" we see "
+"\"pim680.\" The letters give us a code for the part of speech, and the "
+"number refers to Strong's dictionary reference. Let's look up the "
+"definition (p. 879). \"680. Haptomai; from hapto (681), touch. Refers to "
+"such handling of an object as to exert a modifying influence upon "
+"it... Distinguished from pselaphao (5584), which actually only means to "
+"touch the surface of something. \" Now look up \"pim.\" The grammar codes in "
+"Zodhiates come right after Revelation; on p. 849 we see that pim stands for "
+"\"present imperative active (80)\". On p.857, \"Present Imperative. In the "
+"active voice, it may indicate a command to do something in the future which "
+"involves continuous or repeated action or, when it is negated, a command to "
+"stop doing something. \" This is a negative command, so it is to stop doing "
+"something that is already occuring. So, what have we found?"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:53
+msgid "Example 1B"
+msgstr "Eksempel 1B"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:54
+msgid ""
+"In James 5:14, <emphasis>Elders are told to pray and anoint someone who is "
+"sick</emphasis>. What is this anointing?"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:55
+msgid ""
+"Definition of aleipho (218) - \"to oil\" (Strong's); but we also have "
+"another Greek word translated \"anoint\", chrio (5548) - \"to smear or rub "
+"with oil, i.e. to consecrate to an office or religious service\" "
+"(Strong's). Since it's a verb, consider the tense also, \"apta\" aorist "
+"participle active. \"The aorist participle expresses simple action, as "
+"opposed to continuous action...When its relaitonship to the main verb is "
+"temporal, it usually signifies action prior to that of the main verb.\" "
+"(Zodhiates p.851)"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:62
+msgid "Cross-references for aleipho:"
+msgstr "Kryds-referencer af aleipho:"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:64
+msgid "Mt.6:17 But you, when you fast, anoint your head"
+msgstr "Matt.6:17 Men når du faster, så salv dit hoved"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:65
+msgid "Mk.16:1 [the women] brought spices that they might come and anoint Him."
+msgstr "Mark.16.1 købte [kvinderne] vellugtende salver for at gå ud og salve ham."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:66
+msgid ""
+"Mk.6:13 And they were...anointing with oil many sick people and healing "
+"them."
+msgstr "Mark.6:13 Og de salvede mange syge med olie og helbredte dem."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:67
+msgid "Lk.7:38 [...] kissing His feet and anointing them with the perfume"
+msgstr "Luk.7:38 [...] hun kyssede hans fødder og salvede dem med olien. "
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:68
+msgid "Jn.12:3 Mary [...] anointed the feet of Jesus, and wiped them with her hair"
+msgstr "Joh.12:3 Maria [...] salvede Jesu fødder og tørrede dem med sit hår"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:72
+msgid "Cross-references of chrio:"
+msgstr "Kryds-referencer af chrio:"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:74
+msgid ""
+"Lk.4:18 <quote>The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because He has anointed me "
+"to preach [...]</quote>"
+msgstr "Luk.4:18 (Skandinavia) <quote>Herrens Ånd er over mig. Han har salvet mig til at prædike [...]</quote>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:75
+msgid "Acts 4:27 Jesus, whom Thou hast anointed"
+msgstr "Ap.G. 4.27 Jesus, som du har salvet "
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:76
+msgid "Acts 10:38 God anointed Jesus with the Holy Ghost and power"
+msgstr "ApG. 10:38 Gud salvede Jesus fra Nazaret med Helligånd og kraft"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><itemizedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:77
+msgid "2 Cor.1:21 Now He who...anointed us is God"
+msgstr "2. Kor.1.21 Og den...som salvede os, er Gud"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:82
+msgid ""
+"So what's the difference between aleipho and chrio? Look back over the "
+"cross-references and the definitions, and sum up the difference: "
+"<emphasis>&quot;aleipho&quot; is a practical use of oil and "
+"&quot;chrio&quot; is a spiritual</emphasis>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:85
+msgid ""
+"As an illustration (although the word is not used) of the practical use of "
+"oil at that time, when the good Samaritan cared for the man beat up by "
+"robbers he poured oil and wine in the wound. So oil had a medicinal use in "
+"Jesus' day."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:89
+msgid ""
+"Now let's apply what we just learned by this word study to James 5:14 "
+"<emphasis>\"Is any among you sick? Let him call for the elders of the "
+"church; and let them pray over him, anointing him with oil in the name of "
+"the Lord.\"</emphasis> Is \"anointing\" spiritual or practical? Practical!"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:93
+msgid ""
+"And the tense in Greek, the aorist participle, would be better translated "
+"\"having anointed,\" so the order is the anointing first, then the prayer "
+"(\"in the name of the Lord\"refers to the prayer, not the anointing). James "
+"5 is saying that the elders should give the sick person medicine and pray "
+"for him in the name of the Lord. Doesn't that express a beautiful balance "
+"of practical and spiritual in our God!"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:103
+msgid "Rule 2 - Interpret within the biblical context"
+msgstr "Regel 2 - Fortolk inden for den bibelske sammenhæng"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:105
+msgid ""
+"Interpret scripture in harmony with other scripture. What do the verses on "
+"each side say? What is the theme of the chapter? the book? Does your "
+"interpretation fit with these? If not, it is flawed. Usually, the context "
+"supplies what we need to correctly interpret the passage. Context is key. "
+"If confusion remains as to the meaning after we have interpreted the text "
+"within its context, we have to look further."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:110
+msgid "Example 2A"
+msgstr "Eksempel 2A"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:111
+msgid ""
+"In a previous lesson we considered Jn.3:5 <emphasis>\"born of water and the "
+"Spirit.\"</emphasis> In context, what is the water under discussion here?"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:113
+msgid ""
+"Water baptism is not under discussion here, which would be a big switch from "
+"the subject being discussed by Jesus and Nicodemus. Watch out for a sudden "
+"change of topic, it may be a clue that your interpretation has been "
+"derailed! The water is the amniotic fluid, \"born of water\" = natural "
+"birth."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:117
+msgid "Example 2B"
+msgstr "Eksempel 2B"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:118
+msgid ""
+"1 Cor.14:34 <quote>Let the women keep silent in the churches</quote> has to "
+"be taken within the biblical context of 1 Cor.11:5 <quote>every woman [...] "
+"while praying or prophesying [...]</quote>"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:121
+msgid "Example 2C"
+msgstr "Eksempel 2C"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:122
+msgid ""
+"Acts 2:38 <quote>And Peter said to them, &quot;Repent, and let each of you "
+"be baptized in the name of Jesus Christ for the forgiveness of your sins "
+"[...]&quot;</quote>. Is this teaching baptismal regeneration? If this was "
+"the only verse of scripture we had, we would have to conclude that. But in "
+"the light of the clear teaching elsewhere that regeneration happens by faith "
+"in Christ, we have to interpret it otherwise. Peter is urging baptism as a "
+"way for his hearers to respond to the gospel. If baptism were the pathway "
+"to being born again, how could Paul write 1 Cor.1:17 <emphasis>\"For Christ "
+"did not send me to baptize, but to preach the gospel\"</emphasis>?"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:134
+msgid "Rule 3 - Interpret within the historical and cultural context"
+msgstr "Regel 3 - Fortolk inden for den historiske og kulturelle sammenhæng"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:136
+msgid ""
+"At first we are not asking <quote>What does it mean to me?</quote> but "
+"<quote>What did it mean to the original readers?</quote>; later we can ask, "
+"<quote>What does it mean to me?</quote>. We have to take into account the "
+"historical and cultural background of the author and the recipients."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+msgid "Example 3A"
+msgstr "Eksempel 3A"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:139
+msgid ""
+"<quote>3 days &amp; 3 nights</quote> (Mt.12:40) have led some to come up "
+"with a \"Wednesday crucifixion theory,\" esp. the cult of Armstrongism. How "
+"could Jesus die on Friday afternoon and rise Sunday morning yet \"be raised "
+"on the third day\" (Mt.16:21)? Exact meanings of \"three\" or \"days\" won't "
+"help explain the apparent contradiction."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:144
+msgid ""
+"We need an historical tidbit: Jews counted any part of a day as a full day, "
+"as we would count buckets of water (if there were six and one-half buckets "
+"of water, we would say there were 7 buckets of water even if one was only "
+"partly full). So to the Jewish mind, any part of a day counted as a full "
+"day, and days started at 6 p.m. and ended at 6 p.m. Friday from 3 p.m. to 6 "
+"p.m. = day 1. Friday 6 p.m. to Saturday 6 p.m. = day 2. Saturday 6 p.m. to "
+"Sunday 5 or so a.m. = day 3. Interpreting within the cultural context keeps "
+"us out of trouble."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+msgid "Example 3B"
+msgstr "Eksempel 3B"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:151
+msgid ""
+"Gen.15:7-21. The historical context is that cutting animals in two and then "
+"walking between the pieces was the normal way of entering a contract in "
+"Abraham's day. Both parties walked between, taking the pledge that "
+"dismemberment would happen to them if they didn't live up to their part of "
+"the contract. But in this case only God goes thru, making it a unilateral "
+"covenant."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:159
+msgid "Rule 4 - Interpret according to the normal usage of words in language"
+msgstr "Regel 4 - Fortolk i overensstemmelse med det normale brug af ordene i sprog"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:160
+msgid ""
+"Let literal language be literal and figurative language be figurative. And "
+"watch out for idioms, which have special meanings."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:163
+msgid "Example 4A"
+msgstr "Eksempel 4A"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:164
+msgid "<quote>evil eye</quote> in Mt.6:23."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:165
+msgid ""
+"Rule 1, definition of \"evil\" and \"eye\" - no help here. Rule 2, context: "
+"seems to confuse us even more. It doesn't seem to fit with what goes before "
+"and after! This should tip us off that we aren't understanding it rightly!!"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:168
+msgid ""
+"What we have here is a Hebrew idiom, <quote>evil eye</quote>. Let's look up "
+"other uses of this idiom: Mt.20:15 \"<emphasis>Is it not lawful for me to do "
+"what I wish with what is my own? Or is your eye envious [lit.\"evil\"] "
+"because I am generous [lit. \"good\"]?</emphasis>\" We find that having an "
+"\"evil eye\" is a Hebrew idiom for being stingy or envious. Now go back to "
+"Mt.6 and notice how this understanding ties in so perfectly to the context."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:174
+msgid "Example 4B"
+msgstr "Eksempel 4B"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:175
+msgid "Is.59:1 <quote>The Lord's hand is not short;</quote>"
+msgstr "Es.59:1 <quote>Herrens arm er ikke for kort...</quote>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:176
+msgid "Deut.33:27 <quote>Underneath are the everlasting arms.</quote>"
+msgstr "5. Mos.33:27 <quote>han bærer dig på stærke arme...</quote>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:178
+msgid ""
+"References to body parts of God are used by Latter-Day Saints to prove that "
+"God was once a man just as we are. Once they convince people of that, they "
+"go on to teach that we can become God just like He is! At a lecture he was "
+"giving, a group of Mormon elders challenged Walter Martin (author of "
+"<emphasis>Kingdom of the Cults</emphasis>) with an enumeration of verses "
+"like these. Dr. Martin then asked the Mormons to read one more scripture: "
+"Ps.91:4 <quote>He will cover you with His feathers; And under His wings "
+"shalt thou trust</quote>. W.M. said, <quote>By the same rules of "
+"interpretation that you just proved God to be a man, you just proved that He "
+"is a bird</quote>. The Mormons had to laugh as they realised the "
+"ridiculousness of their position."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:189
+msgid ""
+"Rule 5 - Understand the purpose of parables and the difference between a "
+"parable and an allegory"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:190
+msgid ""
+"An allegory is: <emphasis>A story where each element has a "
+"meaning.</emphasis>"
+msgstr "En allegori er: <emphasis>En historie hvor hvert element har en betydning.</emphasis>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:191
+msgid "Every parable is an allegory, true or false?"
+msgstr "Alle lignelser er en allegori, sandt eller falsk?"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:193
+msgid ""
+"Some parables are allegories, for instance, the parable of the sower is an "
+"allegory: the seed is the word of God, the thorns are worries and greed, "
+"etc. But most parables are not allegories but simply stories to illustrate "
+"one point. It's dangerous to get our doctrine from parables; they can be "
+"twisted to say all sorts of things. We need to get our doctrine from clear "
+"scriptures that lay it out; then if a parable illustrates that, fine."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:198
+msgid "Example 5A"
+msgstr "Eksempel 5A"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:199
+msgid ""
+"The parable of the widow with the unrighteous judge in Lk.18:1-8. This story "
+"illustrates one lesson: boldness in prayer. If we draw it into an allegory, "
+"what do we have?"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:201
+msgid ""
+"All sorts of violence happens to the meanings: God is reluctant to protect "
+"the rights of widows, prayer \"bothers\" Him, etc."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:204
+msgid "Example 5B"
+msgstr "Eksempel 5B"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:205
+msgid ""
+"The parable of the unrighteous steward in Lk.16:1-9. What is the point of "
+"the parable? Is it an allegory?"
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><section><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:207
+msgid ""
+"The steward is commended for only one thing, his shrewdness in using what he "
+"had to prepare for a time when he wouldn't have it. But he is not commended "
+"for his unethical behavior in cheating his master."
+msgstr ""
+
+# type: Content of the bibletime entity
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:3
+msgid "<application>BibleTime</application>"
+msgstr "<application>BibleTime</application>"
+
+# type: Content of the kapp entity
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:4
+msgid "&bibletimehandbook;"
+msgstr "&bibletimehandbook;"
+
+# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:14
+msgid "The Biblestudy HowTo"
+msgstr "Guiden til Bibelstudie"
+
+# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><copyright><holder>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:31
+msgid "The team of &bibletime; (info@bibletime.info)"
+msgstr "&bibletime; teamet (info@bibletime.info)"
+
+# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:36
+msgid ""
+"This document was originally created by Mr. Bob Harman and is licensed under "
+"the terms of the license <link "
+"url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons "
+"Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>."
+msgstr ""
+"Dette dokument var oprindeligt lavet af Hr. Bob Harman og er licenseret under vilkårene af denne licens <link "
+"url=\"http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/3.0/\"> \"Creative Commons "
+"Attribution-Share Alike\"</link>."
+
+# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><legalnotice><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:42
+msgid ""
+"Scripture quotes are from the New American Standard Bible unless otherwise "
+"indicated."
+msgstr "Skriftsteder er fra Bibelselskabets Autoriserede Bibel fra 1992, med mindre andet er indikeret."
+
+# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:47
+msgid "Abstract"
+msgstr "Abstrakt"
+
+# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:50
+msgid ""
+"The <application>Biblestudy HowTo</application> is a guide for studying the "
+"Bible."
+msgstr ""
+"<application>Biblestudie vejledningen</application> er en guide til at studere "
+"Bibelen."
+
+# type: Content of: <book><bookinfo><abstract><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/index.docbook:53
+msgid ""
+"It is the hope of the &bibletime; team that this HowTo will provoke the "
+"readers to study the scriptures to see what they say. This particular study "
+"guide has been chosen as it takes care not to advocate any particular "
+"denominational doctrine. We recommend you to read and study the scriptures "
+"to understand what they say. If you start with the attitude that you want to "
+"have the Lord sow his word in your heart He will not disappoint you."
+msgstr ""
+"Det er &bibletime; holdets håb, at denne vejledning vil provokere "
+" læserne til at studere skrifterne for at se hvad de siger. Denne studieguide "
+"er blevet valgt, fordi den ikke prøver at fremhæve nogen bestemt "
+"kirkeretnings doktrin. vi anbefaler dig at læse og studere skriften for at "
+"forstå hvad den siger. Hvis du starter med den indstilling at du vil have "
+"Herren til at så hans ord i dit hjerte, så vil han ikke skuffe dig."
+
+
diff --git a/i18n/howto/howto-es.po b/i18n/howto/howto-es.po
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..dbf6b5a
--- /dev/null
+++ b/i18n/howto/howto-es.po
@@ -0,0 +1,2045 @@
+# Copyright (C).
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+#
+# Roy E. Alvear <racl@gulix.cl>, 2009.
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: howto\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2009-04-21 12:33-0400\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2009-09-20 18:06-0400\n"
+"Last-Translator: Roy E. Alvear <racl@gulix.cl>\n"
+"Language-Team: Spanish <kde-i18n-doc@kde.org>\n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: ENCODINGX-Generator: Lokalize 0.3\n"
+"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.0\n"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:1
+msgid "Bible Study Basics"
+msgstr "Estudio Bíblico básico"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:4
+msgid "Our Purpose as we Approach the Bible"
+msgstr "Nuestro porpósito es nos Acercamos a la Biblia"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><attribution>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+msgid "Jn.5:39-40"
+msgstr "Juan 5:39-40"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para><blockquote><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:6
+msgid ""
+"You search the Scriptures, because you think that in them you have eternal "
+"life; and it is these that bear witness of Me; and you are unwilling to come "
+"to Me, that you may have life."
+msgstr ""
+"Escudriñad las Escrituras, porque á vosotros os parece que en ellas tenéis la "
+"vida eterna; y ellas son las que dan testimonio de mí. Y no queréis venir á mí, "
+"para que tengáis vida."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:12
+msgid ""
+"The chief purpose of the book is to bring us to the Person. Martin Luther "
+"said <quote>we go to the cradle only for the sake of the baby</quote>; just "
+"so in Bible study, we do it not for its own sake but for fellowship with "
+"God."
+msgstr ""
+"El propósito principal del libro es para llevarnos a la Persona. Martin Luther "
+"dijo <quote>vamos a la cuna sólo por el bien del bebé</quote>; sólo para que en "
+"el estudio de la Biblia, no lo hacemos por el bien de Dios, sino para tener "
+"comunión con Él."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:17
+msgid ""
+"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist</emphasis>, "
+"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104."
+msgstr ""
+"John R.W. Stott, <emphasis>Christ the Controversialist (Cristo el Polemico)<"
+"/emphasis>, "
+"InterVarsity Press 1978, pp.97, 104."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:19
+msgid ""
+"The Jews to whom Jesus spoke [...] imagined that to possess Scripture was "
+"tantamount to possessing life. Hillel used to say, &quot;He who has gotten "
+"to himself words of Torah has gotten to himself the life of the world to "
+"come.&quot; Their study was an end in itself. In this they were grievously "
+"deceived. [...]"
+msgstr ""
+"Los Judios a quian Jesús habló [...] imaginado que para poseer las Escrituras "
+"equivaldría a poseer la vida. Hillel solía decir: &quot;El que se ha hecho a sí "
+"mismo las palabras de la Torah ha conseguido para sí la vida del mundo venidero."
+"&quot; Su estudio es un fin en sí mismo. En esto fueron gravemente engañados. [.."
+".]"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:24
+msgid ""
+"There is neither merit nor profit in the reading of Scripture for its own "
+"sake, but only if it effectively introduces us to Jesus Christ. Whenever the "
+"Bible is read, what is needed is an eager expectation that through it we may "
+"meet Christ."
+msgstr ""
+"No hay ni mérito ni a la ganancia en la lectura de las Escrituras para nuestro "
+"propio beneficio, solamente si efectivamente nos presenta a Cristo Jesús. "
+"Siempre que la Biblia se lee, lo que se necesita es una expectativa ansiosa de "
+"que a través de ella podemos encontrar a Cristo."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:31
+msgid "Approaches to God's Word"
+msgstr "Aproximaciones a la Palabra de Dios"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:32
+msgid ""
+"Hearing and reading provide a telescopic view of the scripture while study "
+"and memorization provide a microscopic view of scripture. Meditating on the "
+"scriptures brings hearing, reading, studying and memorization together and "
+"cements the word in our minds."
+msgstr ""
+"Escuchando y leyendo proporcionan una visión telescópica de la Escritura "
+"mientras que el estudio y la memorización de la Escritura proporcionar una "
+"visión microscópica. Meditando en las escrituras trae entendimiento, leyendo, "
+"estudiando y memorizando en conjunto, cimienta la palabra en nuestras mentes."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:37
+msgid "Hear"
+msgstr "Oír"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:38
+msgid ""
+"Lk.11:28 <quote>blessed are those who hear the word of God, and observe "
+"it.</quote>"
+msgstr ""
+"Lucas 11:28 <quote>bienaventurados los que oyen la palabra de Dios, y la guardan."
+"</quote>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:42
+msgid "Read"
+msgstr "Leer"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:43
+msgid ""
+"Rev.1:3 <quote>Blessed is he who reads and those who hear the words of this "
+"prophecy [...]</quote>"
+msgstr ""
+"Apocalipsis 1:3 <quote>Bienaventurado el que lee, y los que oyen las palabras de "
+"esta profecía [...]</quote>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:45
+msgid ""
+"1 Tim.4:13 <quote>give attention to the public reading of Scripture "
+"[...]</quote>"
+msgstr ""
+"1 Timoteo 4:13 <quote>presta atención a la lectura pública de la Escritura[...]<"
+"/quote>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:49
+msgid "Study"
+msgstr "Estudio"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:50
+msgid ""
+"Acts 17:11 <quote>Now these were more noble-minded than those in "
+"Thessalonica, for they received the word with great eagerness, examining the "
+"Scriptures daily, to see whether these things were so.</quote>"
+msgstr ""
+"Hechos 17:11 <quote>Ahora éstos eran de mantalidad más noble que los que estaban "
+"en Tesalónica, pues recibieron la palabra con gran entusiasmo, examinando las "
+"Escrituras diariamente, para ver si estas cosas eran así.</quote>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:54
+msgid ""
+"2 Tim.2:15 <quote>Be diligent [KJV `Study'] to present yourself approved to "
+"God as a workman who does not need to be ashamed, handling accurately the "
+"word of truth.</quote>"
+msgstr ""
+"2 Timoteo 2:15 <quote>Se diligente [RV `Estudia'] para presentarte aprobado "
+"para Dios como un obrero que no tiene de qué avergonzarse, que maneja con "
+"precisión la palabra de verdad.</quote>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:59
+msgid "Memorize"
+msgstr "Memorizar"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:60
+msgid ""
+"Ps.119:11 <quote>Thy word I have hid in my heart, that I may not sin against "
+"Thee.</quote>"
+msgstr ""
+"Salmos 119:11 <quote>En mi corazón atesoro tus dichos, para no pecar contra ti.<"
+"/quote>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:64
+msgid "Meditate"
+msgstr "Meditar"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:65
+msgid ""
+"Ps.1:2-3 <quote>But his delight is in the law of the Lord, And in His law he "
+"meditates day and night. And he will be like a tree firmly planted by "
+"streams of water, Which yields its fruit in its season, And its leaf does "
+"not wither; And in whatever he does, he prospers.</quote>"
+msgstr ""
+"Salmos 1:2-3 <quote>pero su delicia está en la ley del Señor, y en su ley medita "
+"de día y de noche. Y será como un árbol firmemente plantado junto a corrientes "
+"de agua, que da su fruto en su tiempo, y su hoja no cae; Y en todo lo que hace, "
+"prospera.</quote>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:71
+msgid ""
+"The Navigators illustrate this by saying that as the thumb can touch all the "
+"fingers, we can meditate on the Word as we do any of the first four. "
+"Meditation is a key to revelation. A new Christian needs to hear and read "
+"the Bible more than they need to study and memorize it. This is so that they "
+"become familiar with the overall message of the Bible."
+msgstr ""
+"Los Navegantes ilustran esto diciendo que, así como el dedo pulgar puede tocar "
+"todos los dedos, podemos meditar en la Palabra en cualquiera de los primeros "
+"cuatro."
+"La meditación es una clave para la revelación. Un nuevo cristiano necesita oír "
+"y leer la Biblia más de lo que necesita para estudiar y memorizar. Esto es para "
+"que se familiaricen con el mensaje general de la Biblia."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:79
+msgid "Types of Bible Studies"
+msgstr "Tipos de Estudios Bíblicos"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:80
+msgid "Topical Study"
+msgstr "Estudio Temático"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:81
+msgid ""
+"Pick out a certain topic and follow it through, using cross-references or a "
+"concordance."
+msgstr ""
+"Elige un tema determinado y seguirlo a través del uso de referencias cruzadas o "
+"una concordancia."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:85
+msgid "Character Study"
+msgstr "Estudio de Personajes"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:86
+msgid "Studying the life of a Bible character, e.g. Joseph's life in Gen.37-50."
+msgstr ""
+"Estudiando la vida de un personaje de la Biblia, por ejemplo, La vida de José en "
+"Gen.37-50."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:90
+msgid "Expository Study"
+msgstr "Estudio Expositivo"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:91
+msgid "Studying a certain passage: paragraph, chapter, or book."
+msgstr "El estudio de un pasaje: párrafo, capítulo o libro."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:95
+msgid "Basics of Correct Interpretation"
+msgstr "Conceptos básicos de interpretación correcta"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:97
+msgid "Content"
+msgstr "Contenido"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:98
+msgid ""
+"What does it say? What does it say in the original language? Be careful with "
+"definitions. Don't read into it what it doesn't say."
+msgstr ""
+"¿Qué dice? ¿Qué dice en el idioma original? Tenga cuidado con las definiciones. "
+"No lea en lo que no dice."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:102
+msgid "Context"
+msgstr "Contexto"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:103
+msgid ""
+"What do the verses around it say? &quot;Context is king&quot; is the rule -- "
+"the passage must make sense within the structure of the entire passage and "
+"book."
+msgstr ""
+"¿Qué dicen los versos a su alrededor? &quot;El contexto es el rey&quot; es la "
+"regla -- el texto debe tener sentido dentro de la estructura de todo el pasaje y "
+"del libro."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><section><orderedlist><listitem><formalpara><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:107 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-interpretation.docbook:26
+msgid "Cross-reference"
+msgstr "Referencias Cruzadas"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:108
+msgid ""
+"What do other verses about this subject say through the rest of the Bible? "
+"God doesn't contradict Himself, so our interpretation needs to stand the "
+"test of other scriptures."
+msgstr ""
+"¿Qué dicen otros versículos sobre este mismo tema en el resto de la Biblia? Dios "
+"no se contradice a sí mismo, por lo que nuestra interpretación tiene que superar "
+"la prueba de otras escrituras."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:113
+msgid "An Expository Study of Matthew 6:1-18"
+msgstr "Un estudio expositivo de Mateo 6:1-18"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:114
+msgid ""
+"Let's study together Mt.6:1-18. Read it to yourself, first looking for the "
+"key verse, the verse that sums up the whole passage. Think you have it? "
+"Test it by picking different places in the passage and asking yourself if "
+"they relate to the thought of the key verse. Once you find it, write it as "
+"Roman numeral One of your outline:"
+msgstr ""
+"Vamos a estudiar juntos Mateo 6:1-18. Lea para si mismo, primero busque el "
+"versículo clave, el verso que resume todo el pasaje. ¿Cree que tiene? Pruébelo "
+"seleccionando diferentes lugares en el pasaje y pregúntese si se refieren a la "
+"idea del versículo clave. Una vez que lo encuentre, escriba un número romano Uno "
+"en su esquema: "
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:119
+msgid "Beware of practicing your righteousness before men to be noticed"
+msgstr "Guardaos de practicar piedad delante de los hombres para hacerse notar"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:122
+msgid ""
+"What does <quote>practicing your righteousness</quote> mean? Does the "
+"passage give any examples? What area of our lives is being addressed? "
+"<emphasis>Our motives!</emphasis> What sub-headings develop this thought?"
+msgstr ""
+"¿Qué quiere decir <quote>practicar piedad</quote>? ¿Tiene el pasaje algunos "
+"ejemplos? ¿Qué área de nuestra vida se está abordando? <emphasis>Nuestros "
+"motivos!</emphasis> ¿Qué sub-títulos desarrolla este pensamiento?"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:126 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:135
+msgid "When you give"
+msgstr "Cuando Ud. da"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:127
+msgid "When you fast"
+msgstr "Cuando Ud. ayuna"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:128
+msgid "When you pray"
+msgstr "Cuando Ud. ora"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:131
+msgid ""
+"Now fill in the outline with specific instructions of how to avoid wrong "
+"ways of practicing our righteousness:"
+msgstr ""
+"Ahora complete el esquema con instrucciones específicas de cómo evitar caminos "
+"equivocados para practicar peidad."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:137
+msgid ""
+"don't sound a trumpet. (how might someone <quote>sound a trumpet</quote> "
+"today?)"
+msgstr ""
+"no hagas sonar trometa. (¿cómo podría alguien <quote>tocar trompeta</quote> hoy "
+"en día?)"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:138
+msgid "do it secretly."
+msgstr "hazlo secretamente."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><orderedlist><listitem><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:139
+msgid "etc."
+msgstr "etc."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:145
+msgid "Worksheet: How to Use a Concordance"
+msgstr "Hoja de Trabajo: Cómo usar la Concordancia"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:147
+msgid "To Find a Particular Verse"
+msgstr "Para encontrar un versículo particular."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:149
+msgid "Pick out a key word or most-unusual word of the verse."
+msgstr "Escoja una palabra clave o la palabra más inusual del verso."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:150
+msgid "Turn to this word alphabetically."
+msgstr "Diríjase a esta palabra por orden alfabético"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:151
+msgid "Go down the column of listings until you find your verse."
+msgstr "Recorra la lista hacia abajo hasta que encuentre su verso."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:154
+msgid "Find these verses:"
+msgstr "Encontrar estos versos:"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:156
+msgid "<quote>Faithful are the wounds of a friend</quote>"
+msgstr "<quote>Fieles son las heridas del amigo</quote>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:157
+msgid "<quote>We are ambassadors of Christ.</quote>"
+msgstr "<quote>somos embajadores de Cristo</quote>"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:158
+msgid "The story of the rich man and Lazarus."
+msgstr "La historia del hombre rico y Lazaro."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:163
+msgid "To Do a Topical Study"
+msgstr "Para hacer un Estudio Temático"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:164
+msgid ""
+"Let's say you wanted to do a study of the word &quot;redemption.&quot; First "
+"you would look up that word in the concordance and look up references listed "
+"for it. Then you could look up related words and references listed for "
+"them, e.g. &quot;redeem, redeemed, ransom,&quot; even &quot;buy&quot; or "
+"&quot;bought.&quot;"
+msgstr ""
+"Digamos que usted quiere hacer un estudio de la palabra &quot;redención&quot;. "
+"Primero usted busque esa palabra en la concordancia y busque las referencias que "
+"figuran en élla. Entonces usted verá palabras relacionadas y listas de "
+"referencias para ellas, por ejemplo, &quot;redimir, rescatar, rescate,&quot; "
+"hasta &quot;comprar&quot; o &quot;compró&quot;."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:170
+msgid "To Clarify Word Meanings in the Greek and Hebrew"
+msgstr "Aclarando las palabras con los significados en griego y hebreo"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:171
+msgid ""
+"What if you noticed a contradiction in the KJV between Mt.7:1 <quote>Judge "
+"not lest you be judged</quote> and 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>He that is spiritual "
+"judgeth all things.</quote> Maybe there are two different Greek words here, "
+"both being translated &quot;judge&quot; in English? (We're using Strong's "
+"from here out.)"
+msgstr ""
+"¿Qué pasa si notó una contradicción en la RV entre Mt.7:1 <quote>No juzguéis "
+"para que no seáis juzgados</quote> y 1 Cor.2:15 <quote>El que es espiritual "
+"juzga todas las cosas.</quote> ¿Tal vez haya dos palabras griegas diferentes "
+"aquí, y que ambas se traduzcan como &quot;juzgar&quot; en español? (Usaremos "
+"ambos de fuente desde aqui en adelante)"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:175
+msgid "Look up &quot;judge&quot;."
+msgstr "Busque &quot;juez&quot;"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:176
+msgid ""
+"Go down the column of entries to Mt.7:1. To the right is a number, 2919. "
+"This refers to the Greek word used. Write it down."
+msgstr ""
+"Diríjase a la columna de entrada de Mt.7:1. a la derecha verá el número 2919. "
+"Ésta es la referencia a la palabra Griega usada. Anótela."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:178
+msgid "Now look up &quot;judgeth&quot;."
+msgstr "Ahora busque \"juzga\"."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:179
+msgid "Go down the column to 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350."
+msgstr "Diríjase a la columna de 1 Cor.2:15 . . . . . 350."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><orderedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:180
+msgid ""
+"Turn in the back to the Greek dictionary. (Remember, you're in the NT so "
+"the language is Greek, while the OT is Hebrew.) Compare the meaning of 2919 "
+"with the meaning of 350 and you have your answer!"
+msgstr ""
+"Dírijase al diccionario Griego. (Recuerde, Usted está en el NT así que el "
+"lenguaje es Griego, mientras que el AT es Hebreo). Compare el significado de "
+"2919 con el significado de 350 y tendrá su respuesta!"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:185
+msgid "To Find Meanings of Names"
+msgstr "Para encontrar los significados de los nombres"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:186
+msgid ""
+"By the same process we can find the meaning of a name in the Greek or "
+"Hebrew."
+msgstr ""
+"De igual forma, podemos encontrar el significado de un nombre en griego o hebreo."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:187
+msgid "Look up these names and write down their meaning:"
+msgstr "Busca estos nombres y escribe su significado:"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:189
+msgid "Nabal"
+msgstr "Nabal"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:190
+msgid "Abigail"
+msgstr "Abigail"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:191
+msgid "Joshua"
+msgstr "Josué"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><sect2><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-basics.docbook:192
+msgid "Barnabus"
+msgstr "Bernabé"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:1
+msgid "Importance of God's Word"
+msgstr "Importancia de la Palabra de Dios"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:2
+msgid ""
+"Understanding God's word is of great importance to all who call on God's "
+"name. Study of the Bible is one of the primary ways that we learn to "
+"communicate with God."
+msgstr ""
+"La comprensión de la Palabra de Dios es de gran importancia para todos los que "
+"invocan el nombre de Dios. El estudio de la Biblia es una de las principales "
+"maneras en que aprendemos a comunicarnos con Dios."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:6
+msgid "A Book that is Unique"
+msgstr "Un libro que es único"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:7
+msgid "The Bible stands alone in many ways. It is unique in:"
+msgstr "La Biblia es única en muchos sentidos. Es única en:"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:12
+msgid ""
+"popularity. Bible sales in North America: more than $500 million per "
+"year. The Bible is both the the all-time and year-to-year best seller!"
+msgstr ""
+"popularidad. La Biblia vende en Norte America mas de $500 millones (USD) por año."
+" La Biblia es ambos el todos los tiempos y año a año el más vendido."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:18
+msgid ""
+"authorship. It was written over a period of 1600 years by 40 different "
+"authors from different backgrounds, yet reads as if written by one."
+msgstr ""
+"autoría. Fue escrito en un período de 1.600 años por 40 diferentes autores de "
+"diferentes orígenes, sin embargo, parece que hubiera sido escrita por uno."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:24
+msgid ""
+"preservation. F. F. Bruce in <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents "
+"Reliable?</emphasis> compares New Testament manuscripts with other ancient "
+"texts:"
+msgstr ""
+"conservación. F. F. Bruce en <emphasis>Are New Testament Documents "
+"Reliable? (¿Son los documentos del Nuevo Testamento confiables?)</emphasis> "
+"compara manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos:"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:30
+msgid "Comparison of New Testament manuscripts with other ancient texts."
+msgstr "Comparación de manuscritos del Nuevo Testamento con otros textos antiguos."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:34
+msgid "Work"
+msgstr "Obra"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:35
+msgid "When Written"
+msgstr "Cuando fué escrita"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:36
+msgid "Earliest Copy"
+msgstr "Copia más antigua"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37
+msgid "Time Lapse"
+msgstr "Tiempo transcurrido"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><thead><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:37
+msgid "Number of Copies"
+msgstr "Numero de Copias"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:41
+msgid "Herodotus"
+msgstr "Heródoto"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42
+msgid "448-428 B.C."
+msgstr "448-428 AC"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:42 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+msgid "900 A.D."
+msgstr "900 DC"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+msgid "1300 years"
+msgstr "1300 años"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:43
+msgid "8"
+msgstr "8"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:46
+msgid "Tacitus"
+msgstr "Tácito"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+msgid "100 A.D."
+msgstr "100 DC"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:47
+msgid "1100 A.D."
+msgstr "1100 DC"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48
+msgid "1000 years"
+msgstr "1000 años"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:48 docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+msgid "20"
+msgstr "20"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:51
+msgid "Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Guerra de las Galias</emphasis> de César"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:52
+msgid "50-58 B.C."
+msgstr "50-58 AC"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+msgid "950 years"
+msgstr "950 años"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:53
+msgid "10"
+msgstr "10"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:56
+msgid "Livy's <emphasis>Roman History</emphasis>"
+msgstr "<emphasis>Historia Romana</emphasis> de Livio"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:57
+msgid "59 B.C. - 17 A.D."
+msgstr "59 AC - 17 DC"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:58
+msgid "900 years"
+msgstr "900 años"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:61
+msgid "New Testament"
+msgstr "Nuevo Testamento"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+msgid "40 A.D. - 100 A.D."
+msgstr "40 DC - 100 DC"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:62
+msgid "130 A.D. Partial manuscripts 350 A.D. Full manuscripts"
+msgstr "130 DC manuscritos parciales, 350 DC manuscritos completos"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+msgid "30 - 310 years"
+msgstr "30 - 310 años"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><table><tgroup><tbody><row><entry>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:63
+msgid "5000 Greek &amp; 10,000 Latin"
+msgstr "5000 Griego y 10000 Latin"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:66
+msgid ""
+"Ten copies of Caesar's <emphasis>Gallic War</emphasis> exist, the earliest "
+"of which was copied 900 years after Caesar wrote the original, etc. For the "
+"New Testament we have full manuscripts dating to 350 A. D., papyri "
+"containing most of the New Testament from the 200s, and a fragment of John's "
+"gospel from 130 A. D. How many manuscripts do we have to compare to each "
+"other? 5,000 in Greek and 10,000 in Latin!"
+msgstr ""
+"Existen Diez copias de <emphasis>Guerra de las Galias</emphasis> de César, "
+"siendo la copia más antigua 900 años después que César escribió el original, etc."
+" Para el Nuevo Testamento nosotros tenemos manuscritos completos del 350 DC, "
+"papiros contienen la mayor parte del Nuevo Testamento desde los 200 y un "
+"fragmento del Evangelio de Juan desde el 130 DC. ¿Cuántos manuscritos tenemos a "
+"comparar uno al otro? 5000 en Griego y 10000 en Latin!"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><attribution>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:72
+msgid ""
+"Textual critic F. J. A. Hort, \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\", "
+"vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., quoted in <emphasis>Questions of Life</emphasis> "
+"p. 25-26"
+msgstr ""
+"Crítica textual F.J.A. Hort \"The New Testament in the Original Greek\" (El "
+"Nuevo Testamento en el Griego Original) vol. 1 p561, Macmillan Co., Citado en <"
+"emphasis>Questions of Life (Preguntas de Vida)</emphasis> p. 25-26"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><blockquote><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:74
+msgid ""
+"\"In the verity and fullness of the evidence on which it rests, the text of "
+"the New Testament stands absolutely and unapproachably alone among other "
+"ancient prose writings.\""
+msgstr ""
+"\"En la veracidad y la plenitud de las evidencias en que se apoya, el texto del "
+"Nuevo Testamento está absolutamente inalcanzable por otros antiguos escritos en "
+"prosa\"."
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><title>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:79
+msgid "A Book that God Breathed"
+msgstr "Un libro que Dios sopló (inspiró)"
+
+# type: Content of: <chapter><sect1><para>
+#: docs/howto/en/docbook/howto-importance.docbook:80
+msgid ""
+"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>For the word of God is living and "
+"active... </emphasis>\" Jesus said <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> "
+"\"<emphasis>It is written, Man shall not live on bread alone, but on every "
+"word that proceeds [lit., is proceeding] from the mouth of God.</emphasis>\" "
+"As we read the Bible, God's Spirit is there to speak it to our hearts in a "
+"continually-fresh way."
+msgstr ""
+"<emphasis>Heb.4:12 </emphasis>\"<emphasis>Porque la palabra de Dios es viva y "
+"eficaz</emphasis>\" Jesús dice <emphasis>(Mt.4:4),</emphasis> \"<emphasis>"
+"Escrito está: No sólo de pan vivirá el hombre, sino de toda palabra que sale "
+"[lit., está procediendo] de la boca de Dios.</emphasis>\" "
+"Cuando leemos la Biblia, el Espíritu de Dios está ahí para hablar